farlabprotocols farlabprotocols http://farlabprotocols.wiki.uib.no/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.39.6 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk farlabprotocols farlabprotocols talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Form Form talk Widget Widget talk 0 1 1 2019-02-26T02:11:48Z MediaWiki default 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <strong>MediaWiki has been installed.</strong> Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] 5702e4d5fd9173246331a889294caf01a3ad3706 2 1 2019-09-11T11:37:41Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <strong>FARLAB PROTOCOLS</strong> <strong>MediaWiki has been installed.</strong> Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] 6deea36a5a262b8d5627df43ba9b5f7baef9dd2a 3 2 2019-09-11T11:42:54Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <strong>FARLAB PROTOCOLS</strong> Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] 8728342938001682ca68766c42badfc6f056ae87 4 3 2019-09-11T11:44:53Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <strong>== FARLAB PROTOCOLS ==</strong> * LN2 protocol * MAT253 run protocol == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] aab4a89ef5a55c20f66ff42324807b1e53a28aa9 5 4 2019-09-11T11:45:40Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * LN2 protocol * MAT253 run protocol == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] df7a073b4091268f6464b125cc4933b7011016f6 6 5 2019-09-12T10:07:49Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * LN2 protocol [[LN2 protocol]] * MAT253 run protocol == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] 5bfeff9a0bb58f4b951d15f88e389badede64ba5 7 6 2019-09-12T10:08:49Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * MAT253 run protocol == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] a8cbf278657cbdb996b204374be759604701bff6 31 7 2019-09-12T10:45:42Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * MAT253 run protocol == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] e2bc73c31618853815efe2c6823dc37a55c4acb7 40 31 2019-09-12T11:26:35Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] *[[PROTOCOL FOR PREPARING SUPERSATURATED PHOSPHORIC ACID FOR CARBONATE ANALYSES]] == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] bb364f4b15ad2d52428da931605c43205dde2018 44 40 2019-09-12T11:52:55Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[PROTOCOL FOR PREPARING SUPERSATURATED PHOSPHORIC ACID FOR CARBONATE ANALYSES]] == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] c7925bc438d47a6172ca50af79ca08fe707d900e 45 44 2019-09-12T11:53:11Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[PROTOCOL FOR PREPARING SUPERSATURATED PHOSPHORIC ACID FOR CARBONATE ANALYSES]] ffdd696f97b2d1af3ed1103d603f66b9c1bc25e8 47 45 2019-09-12T11:56:29Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253]] a4f4040459c83d9a11d9449cbfc0f3e9d2460f3d 0 2 8 2019-09-12T10:09:11Z Eal068 4 Created page with "Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples Introduction: The following protocol describes the analys..." wikitext text/x-wiki Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for 13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. Safety info: Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person: Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. Spillage and waste handling: If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. Sample identification A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 Weighing in standards Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. Adding acid Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. Preparation and Analyses of Samples Preparation of vials for DIC samples Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Put a protective sheet over work bench Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. Flushing vials on Gas Bench Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. Fasten needle into place. Close the lid of the tray. Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. Flushing vials on Delta Ray Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) Preparation of samples with HgCl2 Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. Put protective sheet over work bench. The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. Running samples on Gas Bench Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). Close the lid of the bench. File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run Running samples on Delta Ray Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. Take needle out/apart and clean with water. Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved e71c55044c495c3a8a2e1de5f513de25ad2b6cd7 9 8 2019-09-12T10:10:41Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for 13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person: Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. Spillage and waste handling: If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. Sample identification A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 Weighing in standards Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. Adding acid Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. Preparation and Analyses of Samples Preparation of vials for DIC samples Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Put a protective sheet over work bench Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. Flushing vials on Gas Bench Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. Fasten needle into place. Close the lid of the tray. Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. Flushing vials on Delta Ray Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) Preparation of samples with HgCl2 Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. Put protective sheet over work bench. The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. Running samples on Gas Bench Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). Close the lid of the bench. File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run Running samples on Delta Ray Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. Take needle out/apart and clean with water. Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 3d5c0823cdad33b8d9dd7b6ed144777073488cf1 10 9 2019-09-12T10:17:21Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for 13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 5d5915d5da8ae694a534ed8e881f60e935675995 11 10 2019-09-12T10:18:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for 13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 4515639e95bf93cca9aca9c172248ee8c9be8268 12 11 2019-09-12T10:21:13Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for 13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 07e811d5627d99a1cd2a133f0947aab666e464af 13 12 2019-09-12T10:22:37Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved b4d8424ff34c1433e3d206930a74b1481b96a21e 14 13 2019-09-12T10:22:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved bd05a377668c774fc295fec5240928c6aca68350 15 14 2019-09-12T10:23:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for %{delta}13C d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 6bac4c4a68a8faa84798fadbf40fc8265ac3bcec 16 15 2019-09-12T10:23:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for %{delta}13C% d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 360bb2540512736aafacf1e790336a264ece23ca 17 16 2019-09-12T10:24:10Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for ${delta}13C$ d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved faf455df0f7fa26bfc44a88de145188e94ca940f 18 17 2019-09-12T10:24:25Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for ${\delta}13C$ d13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40C. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70C) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 6948a8685a396d1a84be2d3f3f8e13cc36674161 19 18 2019-09-12T10:28:10Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved a283415b707199fe54cc34fbe4296adba4179a1f 20 19 2019-09-12T10:31:19Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 4330335707bdddba5cc4e098e074d2b5ebf87aa2 21 20 2019-09-12T10:34:06Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 61c14ecdcb1d924c864f652b28c0108893f0fc49 22 21 2019-09-12T10:35:00Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 15d3a5849187d238c7238d26b504e98d459186ac 23 22 2019-09-12T10:35:57Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 84c994e5e837460783bc0e0602b42cae72bfb9d3 24 23 2019-09-12T10:37:45Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 6325c64985572eb1faf0db7322fd950461883cf7 25 24 2019-09-12T10:39:03Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved a52bac6c247db85b0861df37fb00ad6f1146087d 26 25 2019-09-12T10:40:44Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved b89ccee31bb02e6a206ebd00871f86d2c95d7417 27 26 2019-09-12T10:40:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 1de5bfbd3742484bfd2fe04933b653cfa9d55c8a 28 27 2019-09-12T10:41:57Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved c077f61fe7dd94e00479f4b3dc62132d90bcc545 29 28 2019-09-12T10:42:33Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved b08ac802d5c72e4e54c04b3e14cec8adfdc6a48f 30 29 2019-09-12T10:42:50Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for δ13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 6d6a962649d3385a01015a0caa9a6063346fe518 32 30 2019-09-12T11:03:22Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 92d73a1f440207b054c4b2f317f2f01f905a3a18 33 32 2019-09-12T11:04:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 967547f1e98cca17bf39c3970e7b954983089504 34 33 2019-09-12T11:07:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- |'''Safety info''' | | |Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> |HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 8b329c528c6ea1190456d189d49b1e4cd99e6488 35 34 2019-09-12T11:08:14Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- | '''Safety info''' | | | Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> | HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 162c97fe083eb3d16cc9b9aad664c88e83e87c3c 36 35 2019-09-12T11:08:44Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. ---- '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. ---- '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 967547f1e98cca17bf39c3970e7b954983089504 37 36 2019-09-12T11:13:00Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). * Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. * Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). * Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. * Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 6fb043cdc719acd247b3a1fd5f37ad44fb0466e1 38 37 2019-09-12T11:16:38Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). # Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. # Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). # Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. # Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. * Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. * Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. * Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. * Put a protective sheet over work bench * Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. * Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. * The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. * Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid * Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. * Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. * Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. * Fasten needle into place. * Close the lid of the tray. * Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. * In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run * Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' * Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. * I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. * Put protective sheet over work bench. * The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. * Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. * Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. * Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. * Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. * Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. * Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. * Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' * Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. * Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). * Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. * Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). * Close the lid of the bench. * File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM * Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' * Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. * Take needle out/apart and clean with water. * Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) * Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 54a3b647380f88dcad8563d7c727465c3d332876 39 38 2019-09-12T11:18:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). # Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. # Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). # Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. # Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. # Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. # Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. # Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. # Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. # Put a protective sheet over work bench # Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. # Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. # The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. # Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid # Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. # Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. # Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' # Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front # Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). # Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. # Fasten needle into place. # Close the lid of the tray. # Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. # In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run # Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' # Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. # Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. # I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. # Put protective sheet over work bench. # The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. # Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. # Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. # Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. # Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. # Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. # Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. # Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' # Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. # Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). # Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. # Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). # Close the lid of the bench. # File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM # Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' # Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. # Take needle out/apart and clean with water. # Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) # Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 07c17afbedd297ca274498a1d3e27bdab4bf6afc 0 3 41 2019-09-12T11:27:24Z Atr094 3 Created page with "Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253 Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbon..." wikitext text/x-wiki Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253 Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. Safety info: Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Sample identification A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 Weighing in standards/sample material Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. lean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. Once you are done, clean after yourself. Running samples on 253 Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. Write down values/information in the blue logbook Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device Click on the pop out bottom on the “Kiel IV carbonate” panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on “Take magazine” (Fig. 1). Pop-up message: “Line not free”  confirm by “yes”. Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. Clean the acid valves (Fig. 3): Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: - The inner part of the acid dispenser - The acid dropper capillaries - The acid drop counter springs OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs. - The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. Changing vials in the magazine Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. Close the oven-door properly. Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir Prepare to start the measurement Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on ”Load magazine” on the right-click menu (Fig. 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with “OK”. Write down your sequence. Click on “File browser” panel and go to sequence bar. Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR c) Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) e) Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. check if the dewar is icy Before running you should log: Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 ubar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mbar. Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, fig 1.) Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C  0,1 and the Kiel IV window (73°C). Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. Start the run in acquisition window Select all the sample to run Press “start” Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. Confirm “ok” Make sure it is enough paper in the printer Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent. Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 3dd8e0ade03408f04ca092875a32233634fbbd84 42 41 2019-09-12T11:29:24Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253 Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. Safety info: Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Sample identification A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 Weighing in standards/sample material Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. lean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. Once you are done, clean after yourself. Running samples on 253 Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. Write down values/information in the blue logbook Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device Click on the pop out bottom on the “Kiel IV carbonate” panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on “Take magazine” (Fig. 1). Pop-up message: “Line not free”  confirm by “yes”. Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. Clean the acid valves (Fig. 3): Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: - The inner part of the acid dispenser - The acid dropper capillaries - The acid drop counter springs OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs. - The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. Changing vials in the magazine Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. Close the oven-door properly. Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir Prepare to start the measurement Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on ”Load magazine” on the right-click menu (Fig. 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with “OK”. Write down your sequence. Click on “File browser” panel and go to sequence bar. Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR c) Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) e) Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. check if the dewar is icy Before running you should log: Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 ubar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mbar. Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, fig 1.) Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C  0,1 and the Kiel IV window (73°C). Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. Start the run in acquisition window Select all the sample to run Press “start” Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. Confirm “ok” Make sure it is enough paper in the printer Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent. Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 8b9d4296f24de065550a5ce8ca8f424da0daa347 43 42 2019-09-12T11:30:47Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253 Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. Safety info: Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. lean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. Write down values/information in the blue logbook Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device Click on the pop out bottom on the “Kiel IV carbonate” panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on “Take magazine” (Fig. 1). Pop-up message: “Line not free”  confirm by “yes”. Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. Clean the acid valves (Fig. 3): Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: - The inner part of the acid dispenser - The acid dropper capillaries - The acid drop counter springs OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs. - The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. Changing vials in the magazine Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. Close the oven-door properly. Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir Prepare to start the measurement Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on ”Load magazine” on the right-click menu (Fig. 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with “OK”. Write down your sequence. Click on “File browser” panel and go to sequence bar. Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR c) Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) e) Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. check if the dewar is icy Before running you should log: Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 ubar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mbar. Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, fig 1.) Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C  0,1 and the Kiel IV window (73°C). Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. Start the run in acquisition window Select all the sample to run Press “start” Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. Confirm “ok” Make sure it is enough paper in the printer Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent. Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. c9523b572eb620a7cd7fefa2cba2e0e770386576 46 43 2019-09-12T11:54:38Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253 Introduction: The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. Safety info: Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. lean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. Write down values/information in the blue logbook Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device Click on the pop out bottom on the “Kiel IV carbonate” panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on “Take magazine” (Fig. 1). Pop-up message: “Line not free”  confirm by “yes”. Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. Clean the acid valves (Fig. 3): Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: - The inner part of the acid dispenser - The acid dropper capillaries - The acid drop counter springs OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs. - The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. Changing vials in the magazine Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. Close the oven-door properly. Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir Prepare to start the measurement Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on ”Load magazine” on the right-click menu (Fig. 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with “OK”. Write down your sequence. Click on “File browser” panel and go to sequence bar. Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR c) Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) e) Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. check if the dewar is icy Before running you should log: Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 ubar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mbar. Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, fig 1.) Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C  0,1 and the Kiel IV window (73°C). Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. Start the run in acquisition window Select all the sample to run Press “start” Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. Confirm “ok” Make sure it is enough paper in the printer Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent. Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. abde53523a218fc67f11c8049cadc5ea047f02d8 48 46 2019-09-12T12:00:59Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for 13C and 18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. * If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). 9b164802c7558cd36d95eae7b10ebf893fd155ed 49 48 2019-09-12T12:02:43Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. * If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). 654eedb38b3ffb7111a0cb141e94b4189200f2e7 50 49 2019-09-12T12:03:39Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. * If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). a07a996afdaf63442d46a40417d764034d3a19b6 0 3 51 50 2019-09-12T12:03:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. * If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). 9028c8c3c2b259081a06f13f4e7a37d796925cb6 52 51 2019-09-12T12:04:57Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). 829fff2ea76eb4a39a245716d2037fc59021e95c 53 52 2019-09-12T12:07:00Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <\br> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ## Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). f173ebd9f68df94fb879d0f3907f3d920eb3c7f2 0 4 54 2019-09-12T12:10:09Z Eal068 4 Created page with "'''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="backgr..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 db4bd4de6555101a58187bf48c40799c3ef96247 55 54 2019-09-12T12:11:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 Weighing in standards/sample material Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT! Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. lean the top of the vials with your fingertip and before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. Once you are done, clean after yourself. 72f593dd14ad12b2c8e2d62ecebb88416103965c 56 55 2019-09-12T12:13:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. 78e60feef253043c074c00ab7d0433d8f629cb6d 57 56 2019-09-12T12:13:49Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. b19f94d737b7cca7cf262af643d14111e0922d1d 58 57 2019-09-12T12:14:26Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. <br \> '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. f22c9f3805afe133b0e5452e5887ed1b7e2e28fd 59 58 2019-09-12T12:15:04Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. 44eb2d57238f59d66064954fca2069e14d609b5e 60 59 2019-09-12T12:15:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. b19f94d737b7cca7cf262af643d14111e0922d1d 61 60 2019-09-12T12:16:48Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: # Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). 10ca1b7c461dd7be280ebc67b482ca0c773b1cc9 62 61 2019-09-12T12:18:34Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: # Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:Example.jpg]] ed39e5b3ecc5e657e6efaab4d6e41ef0137a341c 64 62 2019-09-12T12:20:52Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: # Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] 760ecba0e620c70cdf9a7451f093157c7fbf3078 65 64 2019-09-12T12:23:37Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: # Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' 11820f2c4d138375159921049a9d2a3d831fba96 66 65 2019-09-12T12:23:56Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: # Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' 81e04d0d62c9ec96d43a1193e184f1c3d985f0f6 67 66 2019-09-12T12:25:12Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' 498b6a181783543b3f2656ac124ad7c068b4f462 68 67 2019-09-12T12:25:39Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ** Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' 5981757ad6723c8329a722d5ef26bada612d6ebd 69 68 2019-09-12T12:26:15Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' 498b6a181783543b3f2656ac124ad7c068b4f462 70 69 2019-09-12T12:29:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]] ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] 6fe8cfe006c7e5ceb2ed584041dfc8d9402cd988 73 70 2019-09-12T12:35:26Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg]|frame| ''Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow.'' ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] 83e8e8aa5b9bd3378121ce373df5680993c24e62 74 73 2019-09-12T12:36:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg] | border | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] 3aee879601ffc52f8291bbc0b7f340cd37496cf5 75 74 2019-09-12T12:37:51Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | border | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] 837e426b76ceee4d703ad634957642b09d55e01b 76 75 2019-09-12T12:38:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] 55922ac88bcae73c4f1fac142bf19d683ff2115b 77 76 2019-09-12T12:40:15Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] afa3c406f6893a22994542738e663e9b2ef2ade6 78 77 2019-09-12T12:41:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 8e5fb8ddcab1ebb69f0d4fdc4987e3bc87c5c482 79 78 2019-09-12T12:42:05Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] c46ba34739faba2175643f2cd931728e652e1900 80 79 2019-09-12T12:43:15Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:kielIV gui.jpg |frame| Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 71fa37205bf7838c8a3331ebf0cedc41f059f451 81 80 2019-09-12T12:44:17Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg |frame| Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 60f6dc31ee165b8b5312f22333c5c9197f1aa3f1 82 81 2019-09-12T12:45:11Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg |50px|frame| Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 9a7becdfc3b34a056d6b7ef13d206f8fa7f331e1 83 82 2019-09-12T12:45:40Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg |80px|fborder| Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 105ec0025fc49d80a45616a9d8a3b3e86b93f8df 84 83 2019-09-12T12:46:14Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg |80px|border| Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] cd357716d9cfdc29ce96e5638fe0c44259804029 85 84 2019-09-12T12:46:33Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | 80px | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 11cbdf2cb03b48d547f7ab9f47d28881bc3589e2 86 85 2019-09-12T12:47:02Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 8c29dee36f257f902e96a6d1d8f1181302c58b42 87 86 2019-09-12T12:47:50Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] a610a2750f6bf64ea1706c9f57ddf9ca401a6139 6 5 63 2019-09-12T12:20:19Z Eal068 4 Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. wikitext text/x-wiki Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. e2358e96a36020782608a5f2fee79b4ec925bd44 6 6 71 2019-09-12T12:31:56Z Eal068 4 The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. wikitext text/x-wiki The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. bd9f7fc6fab0b280022626c7a8f5cf19b7b418eb 72 71 2019-09-12T12:32:33Z Eal068 4 Eal068 uploaded a new version of [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg]] wikitext text/x-wiki The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu. bd9f7fc6fab0b280022626c7a8f5cf19b7b418eb 0 1 88 47 2019-09-12T19:27:55Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] 557b0416c0dd8b83f405ecf51402ae1ff2dc0f8e 89 88 2019-09-12T19:28:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253]] 1ce50e3b68c71f774024e20deeee67d1b1b04553 90 89 2019-09-12T19:29:56Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[Protocol for analysis of stable isotope on Kiel 253]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] ddb11c15c0f731a314756c285b4912afa733b11d 93 90 2019-09-12T19:31:04Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] 1e0795d096c5e147e8fe44d879a5fa3f2578003e 0 7 91 2019-09-12T19:30:06Z Eal068 4 Created blank page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 92 91 2019-09-12T19:30:41Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] a610a2750f6bf64ea1706c9f57ddf9ca401a6139 94 92 2019-09-13T06:00:45Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ##* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 1208c04037998f68f92a5ec8a00a23387ccd978c 95 94 2019-09-13T06:03:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] a8c88b68d23e83b6b92e817787da25d97c50393f 96 95 2019-09-13T06:06:21Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 949ad824c5e4838fa03ea51179579481c0fb904f 97 96 2019-09-13T06:06:53Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 53dac6e8802b8520dcfc4a526f4d9c0e72f220da 98 97 2019-09-13T06:10:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. 994b7ab7391cedf0766506c0d8b13b48f15d68f6 99 98 2019-09-13T06:13:42Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] 4b33481dbd391543743908d16a07c20314b9ca01 6 8 100 2019-09-13T06:14:07Z Eal068 4 Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir wikitext text/x-wiki Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir 47b7b445ede8d771b21c543c2e0de27165424415 0 7 101 99 2019-09-13T06:18:07Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. 62c05e371406dc07852687df32a17aa0b85b33e3 102 101 2019-09-13T06:20:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with “OK”. # Write down your sequence. Click on “File browser” panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy 294c47ae24f130c6e153c78e662cfa9de4bc2674 103 102 2019-09-13T06:22:41Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) 157b6652e356a7ec6e75f48603c0a6e484556090 104 103 2019-09-13T06:23:44Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10&ˆ{-3}; mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) 00e9ef8100627925d8fde47eb6207ab882380d02 105 104 2019-09-13T06:30:22Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as <math>10ˆ{-3}</math> mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) cad3652c7543a85ebeac324e520b9f707042cdd9 106 105 2019-09-13T06:32:44Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as <math>10ˆ-3</math> mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) 7bae9b921e5dbfec9d36764eb4d6d1a962c11e58 107 106 2019-09-13T06:33:22Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as &<math>10ˆ-3</math>; mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) ce4848efd66e54d36f36131bd2358628836cb49c 108 107 2019-09-13T06:34:00Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as <math>10ˆ(-3)</math> mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) eedbe09154c554d25509b3c165702ba832b69e38 109 108 2019-09-13T06:35:08Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &pm; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&approx;73°C). 7b7cbfc78d4ee784906fe647e64ff744b1ff8239 110 109 2019-09-13T06:39:55Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&approx;73°C). ce9f06e05fcfbbad193d9e93e6ac32151fdb0fac 111 110 2019-09-13T06:41:23Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). 4b08214dc5a5bd49f22043a3fc5dc8dbc9a2aecb 112 111 2019-09-13T06:44:21Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure it is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 b09ae3ce10688dda68fcca1cb115f56511ba4430 125 112 2019-09-16T19:30:27Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure it is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 a8ea3c16b9e271c941eb02c07fcff6e2053d51cc 126 125 2019-09-16T19:31:27Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials have oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. # Changing vials in the magazine #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the positon 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (when it is no gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure it is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near 253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results on run sheets. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 671dd32721243d0aa025efef42a3f24f3ae2d023 127 126 2019-09-16T19:39:32Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 40ff21b6ce25270f3ff58c74e65ccb7a37f480a7 149 127 2019-09-18T11:17:37Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 dd983e30cd6710529d490e7f608dee2ccfe0bdf7 150 149 2019-09-18T11:17:54Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 52507572b6d9f7bfee91344c2f462359e309ab7f 0 1 113 93 2019-09-15T11:13:39Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] 50e6d3722036c28c742cdef7d6fcdcbcbed898c4 128 113 2019-09-17T19:06:26Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki == FARLAB PROTOCOLS == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] b724b11b2b6d9d8e6bc0740c9cf37dd2f89888a2 142 128 2019-09-17T19:38:33Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] 290b565f325fae9c85e4d01c8be9eb3f140c5ec2 146 142 2019-09-18T11:14:23Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] 5db87f84d7da084b4799e7e96d9c57c0e87887ab 0 9 114 2019-09-15T11:15:46Z Eal068 4 Created page with "'''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for 13C analyses. '''Safety info''' Follow the s..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for 13C analyses. '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. c6d5d42dfe229daab697fdf71b60800d1700bf69 115 114 2019-09-15T11:16:47Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for 13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. <blockquote/> 51a2dd98f4d23ab8469b1ded1e0eb31ddaf332e4 116 115 2019-09-15T11:17:22Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> 8bc03af656edccbc3a6c9660096984e588743d64 117 116 2019-09-15T11:18:37Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> 0828193aba66fe1e782c8096ac0935f024d8d073 118 117 2019-09-15T11:19:13Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 degC), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> 19934bfafe1fc6d223882994ac57419e8894d79c 119 118 2019-09-15T11:21:08Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 degC), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl2 in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent); 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. 7d5d3d5a522e134c65d7b3e1886a974bf8919ea4 120 119 2019-09-15T11:21:44Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl2 in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. 264dff8c2f71fa4913355d1cc823b31c54a076b7 121 120 2019-09-15T11:23:22Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl2 in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. # Use nitrile gloves, goggles, lab coat and closed shoes when handling the saturated Mercury(II)chloride and the fixed samples. Set up a permanent, separate area in the ship lab for working with HgCl2 as long as the work will go on to avoid spreading Hg spill to the rest of the lab. A fume hood dedicated to this would be suitable, but other solutions like a dedicated plastic tray or similar could work. Cover the area with water absorbing bench paper with a plastic coating below. # The bottles should be numbered before sampling, please use this number as reference. # Rinse the vial and septum with sample three (3) times. This removes any water than may have condensed inside the bottle/cap. Use the silicone tube to transfer water from the Niskin bottles to the sampling bottles. # The tube should be placed in the bottom of the sampling bottle when filling. Make sure there are no bubbles inside the tube when filling. This might require reducing the flow from the Niskin bottle. # Overfill the sample bottle with one bottle volume. Make sure no bubbles are trapped inside the sample bottle. Put the lid on so excess water runs out (squeeze sideways and down in the septas) and only a small bubble is present. Do NOT put on the crimp cap. When you have filled all sample bottles transfer them back to the laboratory to add HgCl2 as soon as possible. # Dry all the bottles with paper towel. Paper towels go in a normal waste bag. # Using Nitrile gloves and goggles and working in the dedicated area, add 1 drop of saturated Mercury(II)chloride using syringe w/needle to each bottle. Put the septum back on and secure it with a Crimp cap. Use bench paper and change gloves often to avoid spreading the mercury. # Dry of the bottles with paper towel in case of spillage. This paper as well as other consumables in contact with HgCl2 goes in a labelled zip bag and is later transferred to yellow waste containers (for combustion on shore). # Put the dry bottles in the cooling room (NO FREEZING!). In case any spill dry with paper towel and put in the yellow plastic bag. All used gloves go in the problematic waste. Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 4429ae0c514033609bd94160d89b0042e650eccc 122 121 2019-09-15T11:24:19Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl2 in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. # Use nitrile gloves, goggles, lab coat and closed shoes when handling the saturated Mercury(II)chloride and the fixed samples. Set up a permanent, separate area in the ship lab for working with HgCl2 as long as the work will go on to avoid spreading Hg spill to the rest of the lab. A fume hood dedicated to this would be suitable, but other solutions like a dedicated plastic tray or similar could work. Cover the area with water absorbing bench paper with a plastic coating below. # The bottles should be numbered before sampling, please use this number as reference. # Rinse the vial and septum with sample three (3) times. This removes any water than may have condensed inside the bottle/cap. Use the silicone tube to transfer water from the Niskin bottles to the sampling bottles. # The tube should be placed in the bottom of the sampling bottle when filling. Make sure there are no bubbles inside the tube when filling. This might require reducing the flow from the Niskin bottle. # Overfill the sample bottle with one bottle volume. Make sure no bubbles are trapped inside the sample bottle. Put the lid on so excess water runs out (squeeze sideways and down in the septas) and only a small bubble is present. '''DO NOT''' put on the crimp cap. When you have filled all sample bottles transfer them back to the laboratory to add HgCl2 as soon as possible. # Dry all the bottles with paper towel. Paper towels go in a normal waste bag. # Using Nitrile gloves and goggles and working in the dedicated area, add 1 drop of saturated Mercury(II)chloride using syringe w/needle to each bottle. Put the septum back on and secure it with a Crimp cap. Use bench paper and change gloves often to avoid spreading the mercury. # Dry of the bottles with paper towel in case of spillage. This paper as well as other consumables in contact with HgCl2 goes in a labelled zip bag and is later transferred to yellow waste containers (for combustion on shore). # Put the dry bottles in the cooling room ('''NO FREEZING!'''). In case any spill dry with paper towel and put in the yellow plastic bag. All used gloves go in the problematic waste. Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 9091629010de130995f084777923457aa16564f4 123 122 2019-09-16T19:21:57Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl₂ solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. HgCl2 stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl2. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl2 in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. # Use nitrile gloves, goggles, lab coat and closed shoes when handling the saturated Mercury(II)chloride and the fixed samples. Set up a permanent, separate area in the ship lab for working with HgCl2 as long as the work will go on to avoid spreading Hg spill to the rest of the lab. A fume hood dedicated to this would be suitable, but other solutions like a dedicated plastic tray or similar could work. Cover the area with water absorbing bench paper with a plastic coating below. # The bottles should be numbered before sampling, please use this number as reference. # Rinse the vial and septum with sample three (3) times. This removes any water than may have condensed inside the bottle/cap. Use the silicone tube to transfer water from the Niskin bottles to the sampling bottles. # The tube should be placed in the bottom of the sampling bottle when filling. Make sure there are no bubbles inside the tube when filling. This might require reducing the flow from the Niskin bottle. # Overfill the sample bottle with one bottle volume. Make sure no bubbles are trapped inside the sample bottle. Put the lid on so excess water runs out (squeeze sideways and down in the septas) and only a small bubble is present. '''DO NOT''' put on the crimp cap. When you have filled all sample bottles transfer them back to the laboratory to add HgCl2 as soon as possible. # Dry all the bottles with paper towel. Paper towels go in a normal waste bag. # Using Nitrile gloves and goggles and working in the dedicated area, add 1 drop of saturated Mercury(II)chloride using syringe w/needle to each bottle. Put the septum back on and secure it with a Crimp cap. Use bench paper and change gloves often to avoid spreading the mercury. # Dry of the bottles with paper towel in case of spillage. This paper as well as other consumables in contact with HgCl2 goes in a labelled zip bag and is later transferred to yellow waste containers (for combustion on shore). # Put the dry bottles in the cooling room ('''NO FREEZING!'''). In case any spill dry with paper towel and put in the yellow plastic bag. All used gloves go in the problematic waste. Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 02b34fec71b0920d46032125ae4b9c86b43a2d38 124 123 2019-09-16T19:23:51Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl₂ solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl₂ containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl₂ with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl₂ per ml or less. HgCl₂ stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl₂. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl₂ should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl₂ in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. # Use nitrile gloves, goggles, lab coat and closed shoes when handling the saturated HgCl₂ and the fixed samples. Set up a permanent, separate area in the ship lab for working with HgCl₂ as long as the work will go on to avoid spreading Hg spill to the rest of the lab. A fume hood dedicated to this would be suitable, but other solutions like a dedicated plastic tray or similar could work. Cover the area with water absorbing bench paper with a plastic coating below. # The bottles should be numbered before sampling, please use this number as reference. # Rinse the vial and septum with sample three (3) times. This removes any water than may have condensed inside the bottle/cap. Use the silicone tube to transfer water from the Niskin bottles to the sampling bottles. # The tube should be placed in the bottom of the sampling bottle when filling. Make sure there are no bubbles inside the tube when filling. This might require reducing the flow from the Niskin bottle. # Overfill the sample bottle with one bottle volume. Make sure no bubbles are trapped inside the sample bottle. Put the lid on so excess water runs out (squeeze sideways and down in the septas) and only a small bubble is present. '''DO NOT''' put on the crimp cap. When you have filled all sample bottles transfer them back to the laboratory to add HgCl₂ as soon as possible. # Dry all the bottles with paper towel. Paper towels go in a normal waste bag. # Using Nitrile gloves and goggles and working in the dedicated area, add 1 drop of saturated HgCl₂ using syringe w/needle to each bottle. Put the septum back on and secure it with a Crimp cap. Use bench paper and change gloves often to avoid spreading the mercury. # Dry of the bottles with paper towel in case of spillage. This paper as well as other consumables in contact with HgCl₂ goes in a labelled zip bag and is later transferred to yellow waste containers (for combustion on shore). # Put the dry bottles in the cooling room ('''NO FREEZING!'''). In case any spill dry with paper towel and put in the yellow plastic bag. All used gloves go in the problematic waste. Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 3981030f27919d0600ffe2b590531ab8782b35f6 0 10 129 2019-09-17T19:11:17Z Eal068 4 Created page with "'''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; bor..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. </blockquote> Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. e16c239dcb522a7e1b7b536604b0c278af4c8722 130 129 2019-09-17T19:11:36Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> 27d894a2b59f787ed20781d4ddaedb0d0f58aef7 131 130 2019-09-17T19:12:07Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> 4f0255ca0634c5c0c73191af56f6b7f6ce96f280 132 131 2019-09-17T19:12:39Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> 1b9572d03094f85c9717ad11fabcec756c01191e 133 132 2019-09-17T19:14:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas bottles should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty bottles should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning bottles from the geo department. 72fb8409177a714e3da761d8537aafc98793e88a 134 133 2019-09-17T19:15:42Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. 99a9dd7cd6a4f8b8ebed3e46cf0c40257e340cea 135 134 2019-09-17T19:24:59Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas bottles''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas bottles on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing bottles on gas lines: * '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. #* Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. #* Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. #* Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. #* Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. #* Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. * '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' #* Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. #* Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood #* Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. #* Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. #* Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). #* Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. #* Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. #* Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. #* Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. #* After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. 5638b9a476e92512ade125a68e03b4dfee689db2 136 135 2019-09-17T19:28:15Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas bottles''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas bottles on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing bottles on gas lines: '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high.[[File:gas cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] 3e776a9a43dfe5d01817f20e8e635293916713af 138 136 2019-09-17T19:30:45Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas bottles''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas bottles on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing bottles on gas lines: '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high.[[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] 81cad82116f18560ef9351d5857322126a8bedb9 139 138 2019-09-17T19:34:54Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas bottles''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas bottles''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas bottles on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing bottles on gas lines: '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] 5094a1d1255e09621a53cf63f0a74bbcd1e982b9 140 139 2019-09-17T19:36:50Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines: '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] 5cd02e3ebf5ac779cc210de7c53e690225383662 141 140 2019-09-17T19:37:46Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines. '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] 440a1fdb72a78c807b5ce8a117ea6d73e004cf33 143 141 2019-09-17T19:39:55Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines. '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] Written by Anna Tran 04.09.2019 a67b1dd1585fed4045aea46efd9623c59c97f696 144 143 2019-09-18T09:54:10Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines. '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] Written by Anna Tran 04.09.2019 b050f15e5dcd3f87a59a1e1af1a5160351c01fde 145 144 2019-09-18T09:54:52Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines. '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] Written by Anna Tran 04.09.2019 1406ee1f712ceb5ee6f9f5c739d8deca18681ad1 6 11 137 2019-09-17T19:30:08Z Eal068 4 Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of th... wikitext text/x-wiki Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. fc76a9c960fc3e4262813f0ed0775d24aa94c65e 0 12 147 2019-09-18T11:16:36Z Eal068 4 Created page with "'''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="backgro..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> 1d178f772a838a8570e9404c35293538bae887a0 148 147 2019-09-18T11:17:01Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> 966b4db138e2249793e28968a7d24c7394b8c5a1 0 12 151 148 2019-09-18T11:18:16Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> 31af4051e7ca96d293f9793d110741f2d057bc67 152 151 2019-09-18T11:19:04Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). 57f869d0929b4905359f90b57432d7b164f600b1 153 152 2019-09-18T11:20:36Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. 02a1166af4b7b79b682f6fa599f220a92fce4905 154 153 2019-09-18T11:23:32Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close 525444a8cc5781ef5f56d9d7709e16e3924ad1e1 155 154 2019-09-18T11:24:59Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors ecdf79cadd870622ffdec00d2cc0ddc56b0c9efa 156 155 2019-09-18T11:26:13Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Edited by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 0ff588ea7cdc514cc59be849489ecc77efb8c4c0 157 156 2019-09-18T11:26:35Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Edited by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 12fb9b1136d55f26e4e4cadd9f06fe1c187f5e13 158 157 2019-09-18T11:26:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Edited by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 583224cce03b870e6f62d7f76d6a37c49f161f8c 159 158 2019-09-18T11:27:21Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightgrey; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 9132bdd35b7e464f6473ea85cd963fc5ab269d35 164 159 2019-09-19T09:45:07Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. By exception order liquid nitrogen through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 ac81ffa86f333be4b2b49758a1375aa8af83768f 0 7 160 150 2019-09-19T09:20:28Z Pmo002 5 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 ab5027709fca046348b327e06399800279cef280 0 2 161 39 2019-09-19T09:44:16Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of water samples for &delta;13C of dissolved inorganic carbon at a <br /> Thermo Scientific Gas Bench II and Delta V+ Isotope ratio gas spectrometer or a Delta Ray isotope spectrometer. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling <br /> HgCl2 solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl2 containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl2 with water and soap <br /> for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) <br /> or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment<br /> immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl2 per ml or less. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. <br /> are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl2 should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes <br /> (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach <br /> the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and <br /> stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red <br /> hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made for each batch of samples, including standards, with autosampler position, Sample ID (from user) <br /> and Lab ID (including project nr). The analyses project should be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, container and 12 ml exetainers with new caps and septa, Nitrile gloves <br /> (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent when handling acid). # Weigh in between 200 – 500 μg of the carbonate standard needed for the run using a spatula and small container. # Put required amount into exetainer and seal well (with a slight bend in the septum). # Make sure to clean all apparatus thoroughly when changing to a new standard to avoid contamination of standard. # Repeat procedure for all the standards on the sample list. '''Adding acid''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm in diameter), Syringe 1ml <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat and closed shoes. # Cover bench surface with protective sheet and have a paper towel at hand. # Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each standard. # Wipe acid off the septum of exetainer. # Place in oven 3-12 hours at 40 degC. '''Preparation and Analyses of Samples''' ---- '''Preparation of vials for DIC samples''' Apparatus: Needle (0.9mm diameter), Syringe 1ml (insulin), 12ml exetainers, trays for exetainers. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves, protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. # Put a protective sheet over work bench # Set out empty, clean exetainers with no caps. # Add 5 drops of 99-100% phosphoric acid to each exetainer, using a 1 ml single use syringe. Close <br /> vials after filling 10-15 vials (one syringe full). Avoid acid on the rim, neck or threading. # The acid container is kept closed, dry and heated (70 degC) until use and between syringe fillings. The acid is very viscous and difficult to handle; dripping and minor spilling is difficult to avoid. Keep paper towels handy. # Put lid on exetainer soon after addition of acid # Keep paper cloth on the table when working. Wash bench and reusable equipment (e.g. trays) with hot water after use. # Wipe septum of exetainers thoroughly with cloth. # Vials are flushed on the Delta Ray or Gas Bench respectively. See ‘flushing standards on delta ray and gas bench’. '''Flushing vials on Gas Bench''' # Pack exetainers into tray from left to right, back to front # Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (open circuit needle for flushing). # Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and if needed, clean with another needle to avoid blockage. # Fasten needle into place. # Close the lid of the tray. # Turn He nozzle on the back of the autosampler up to 1bar. # In Isodat Acquisition window: File –> browser – > sequences –> Flushfill Sequence –> Select number of standards to run – > Run # Check the flow of gas (90-100 ml/min) at the open end of the needle tubing using the flow meter. Adjust He pressure if necessary. If the flow changes significantly, the needle may be clogged. '''Flushing vials on Delta Ray''' # Pack exetainers into rack from right to left. # Take needle out/apart and clean with water if necessary. # I Qutegra software: Home –> lab books –> Select appropriate location for lab book -> create new lab book from existing file –> use an existing lab book (look for recently used lab book) –> Rename file and correct date -> alter to suite run -> Start run (Green arrow) '''Preparation of samples with HgCl2''' Apparatus: Single use needle (0.6-0.8mm in diameter), Single use syringe 1ml, 1 bucket for mercury waste, one for needles and one for other waste. <br /> Safety wear: Nitrile gloves (as above), protective eyewear, lab coat, closed shoes and apron. Should work with samples in fume hood. # Put protective sheet over work bench. # The samples are labelled with lab ID and put in a rack according to the sequence they are to be run in. 3 replicates for each sample. # Open sample bottle using the decrimping tool, take care to open correctly to avoid spillage. Press down on lid keeping crimp horizontal, squeeze and tilt. In the event of struggling to get a lid off, obtain help or use pliers to pull of the aluminum crimp. # Put the aluminum lid in the normal waste and septum in mercury waste if the samples are not to be recapped. # Add 1ml of sample to each exetainer with as little atmosphere contamination as possible. Replicates are taken out at the same time. # Throw needle and syringe in mercury waste and use a new needle and syringe for the next sample. # Clean any excess sample of the septum of exetainer. # Close lid of sample bottle using closing device. # Exetainers should be refrigerated until analysis. '''Running samples on Gas Bench''' # Pack exetainers into rack from left to right, back to front. # Make sure the correct needle is in place in the needle socket (closed circuit needle). # Look at tip of needle with hand-lens and clean with another needle to avoid blockage if needed. # Fasten needle into place (left needle slot). # Close the lid of the bench. # File –> browser – > sequences –> DIC PTM # Gas bench -> Put on reference gas 1 -> MS – 45 ->peak center -> x-focus -> autofocus -> select samples and run '''Running samples on Delta Ray''' # Pack standards into rack from right to left. Put an empty vial in last slot. # Take needle out/apart and clean with water. # Home –> lab books –> choose one with the same number of samples, that has recently been edited – > Rename file and correct date –> change location to same folder –> create labbook -> Edit if not correct no. of samples -> check if samples are in the right place –> run (green arrow) # Change empty exetainer to sample after initial autosampler cleaning has taking place. Written by Allegra Liltved and Pål Tore Mørkved 20.03.2019 <br /> Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved 2f1aed8861d8d222c42b455e37990fe9f3b2ba54 0 9 162 124 2019-09-19T09:44:30Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the sampling of water from the Niskin bottles of onboard CTD equipment for &delta;13C analyses. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Follow the ships rules for working in exposed areas. This can involve using helmet, floating vests etc. Often it is best to close the CTD hangar before sampling. Wear lab coat, Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent), protection glasses and closed shoes when handling HgCl₂ solutions. Work on a designated area, with water absorbing bench paper with plastic coating towards the bench. '''In the event of spillage of HgCl₂ containing samples on a person''' Remove items that you have spilt on immediately and rinse area that has been in contact with HgCl₂ with water and soap for approximately 5 minutes. Watch to see in area becomes inflamed or irritated. If in doubt call giftkontrollen (22 59 13 00) or contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If HgCl2 containing solutions are ingested or someone get it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Samples will contain approximately 0.2 mg HgCl₂ per ml or less. HgCl₂ stock solution will be a saturated solution (7.4g/100 ml at 20 °C), often containing precipitated HgCl₂. '''Spillage and waste handling''' If Hg containing liquids are spilled on benches or the floor etc., wipe with paper towels, and wash properly. Paper towels etc. are put in zip bags and in yellow special waste boxes. Waste is stored and handled on shore. All waste and consumables that have been in contact with HgCl₂ should be packed in plastic bags and yellow special waste boxes. Vials with Hg containing sample should be closed and packed so they will not break and be put in red hazardous waste boxes (https://www.uib.no/hms-portalen/74275/farlig-avfall) after analyses or sent back to sample owner. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form. Samples that are in reusable containers should be poured into a larger (e.g. 10L bucket) with approximately 100 ml (sorbent) and stirred over night. The water is then decanted out, and the sorbent is put in a closed container (e.g. plastic bottle) and put in red hazardous waste containers including a declaration form. </blockquote> '''Equipment''' * Glass serum bottles (60 ml) with butyl rubber septa and crimp caps (sampling bottles) * One 30-50 cm tube silicon tube for each Niskin Bottle (tube i.d. 7mm at Kronprins Haakon) * Mercury(II)chloride (HgCl₂ in saturated solution in DI water, >7.4 g/100 mL, 20 °C) * Nitrile gloves (TouchNTuff 92-600 or equivalent) * 1 ml single use syringes with needles * Water absorbing bench paper with water tight underside * Niskin bottles are part of the ships CTD equipment. # Use nitrile gloves, goggles, lab coat and closed shoes when handling the saturated HgCl₂ and the fixed samples. Set up a permanent, separate area in the ship lab for working with HgCl₂ as long as the work will go on to avoid spreading Hg spill to the rest of the lab. A fume hood dedicated to this would be suitable, but other solutions like a dedicated plastic tray or similar could work. Cover the area with water absorbing bench paper with a plastic coating below. # The bottles should be numbered before sampling, please use this number as reference. # Rinse the vial and septum with sample three (3) times. This removes any water than may have condensed inside the bottle/cap. Use the silicone tube to transfer water from the Niskin bottles to the sampling bottles. # The tube should be placed in the bottom of the sampling bottle when filling. Make sure there are no bubbles inside the tube when filling. This might require reducing the flow from the Niskin bottle. # Overfill the sample bottle with one bottle volume. Make sure no bubbles are trapped inside the sample bottle. Put the lid on so excess water runs out (squeeze sideways and down in the septas) and only a small bubble is present. '''DO NOT''' put on the crimp cap. When you have filled all sample bottles transfer them back to the laboratory to add HgCl₂ as soon as possible. # Dry all the bottles with paper towel. Paper towels go in a normal waste bag. # Using Nitrile gloves and goggles and working in the dedicated area, add 1 drop of saturated HgCl₂ using syringe w/needle to each bottle. Put the septum back on and secure it with a Crimp cap. Use bench paper and change gloves often to avoid spreading the mercury. # Dry of the bottles with paper towel in case of spillage. This paper as well as other consumables in contact with HgCl₂ goes in a labelled zip bag and is later transferred to yellow waste containers (for combustion on shore). # Put the dry bottles in the cooling room ('''NO FREEZING!'''). In case any spill dry with paper towel and put in the yellow plastic bag. All used gloves go in the problematic waste. Updated 13/08 -19 by Pål Tore Mørkved e7f0c02ae6ff71d1b4c2fa22e4713134dcba0f5e 0 10 163 145 2019-09-19T09:44:52Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to order, safely transport, and handle pressurised gas cylinders. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Read posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room. '''Equipment''' Cylinder trolley, adjustable wrench, gloves, safety shoes, leak test detector. Pressurized gas cylinders pose certain risks and they must be handled with care. Gas cylinders are heavy because they are made of metal and must withstand a high pressure. Their long and narrow shape means that they are unstable when standing and can easily tip over if they are not secured. Gas cylinders should therefore always be strapped or chained to a dedicated holder regardless of whether they are empty or full and always have the metal hood attached when they are transported and not in use. Always use a cylinder trolley when transporting gas cylinder. Only inert gasses and O₂ should be stored/used in the gas room. Flammable gasses and toxic gasses should be stored in dedicated storage cabinets with a separate ventilation system. '''Gas cylinder tipping handling''' Gas cylinder dropping or tipping over can cause weaknesses or cracks in the cylinder’s shell, which can give rise to a gas leak or result in explosion. Try to handle cylinder with care and avoid dropping or hitting them against anything. A damaged gas cylinder is not safe to use and must be returned. Remember to fill in and attach the declaration form when accidents happen. </blockquote> '''Ordering gas cylinders''' Gas bottles are ordered through the ordering system in BasWare PM by Anna Tran (Hildegunn Almelid, Lars Evje or Eivind Støren). An order needs to be made before 12 AM to receive a delivery (earliest) the day after. Ordered gas bottles are placed in the gas room in the basement, room KH8a, with a sign “Geovitenskap” and order confirmation to know who they belong to. The key to room KH8a in the basement is available in TE15b on 5th floor or ask Pål Tore/Lars Evje. Gas cylinders should immediately be moved to the gas room at the 5th floor (TE15b) and empty ones should be taken down to room KH8a to be returned. Remember to place a yellow sign around the bottle neck for returning cylinders from the Earth Science Department. '''Transport of gas cylinders''' Currently we are taking the lift with a cylinder trolley as this is considered to reduce the risk of a cylinder tipping over and the risk of a leak is small. Since the gas cylinders are more heavy than they look like it might be useful with good pair of shoes. Everyone should have training before transporting or using gas cylinders. '''Changing gas cylinders on gas lines''' There are posters explaining how to use the gas regulators in the gas room, which should be followed. The following points are worth noticing regarding changing cylinders on gas lines. '''Disconnecting an empty gas cylinders''' Gas cylinders should be replaced when the pressure gauges displayed shows approximate 5-6 Bar remaining. When the pressure falls to low the panel automatically switch to the alternative side. # Make sure the purge valve (valve 3) and valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line are closed (valve 1 for changing the gas bottle on the left side/valve 4 for changing the gas bottle on the right side), no air should enter (Figure 1). The valve is close when it is perpendicular to the gas line and open when it is parallel to the gas line. # Close the bottle valve by hand and switch the gas cylinder priority valve (2) if the gas line is connected to another cylinder containing the same gas. # Relieve pressure in the gas panel by opening and close valve 3. # Take the empty bottle off the regulator with an adjustable wrench, cap it with a metal hood, move and fasten it with a bottle trolley. # Secured the empty bottle with a chain or strap. '''Connecting a new gas cylinder''' # Check if the new gas cylinder contains the correct type of gas. # Chain the new cylinder before taking off the cap/metal hood # Secure the hose by pulling the metal loop over the gas cylinder valve. # Connect the regulator to the high-pressure hose. Use a wrench to tighten the hose and control that the hose is not twisted or in tension. '''NB!''' Make sure the seal is in place before connecting. If it´s broken replace it with a new one. # Open and close the gas bottle valve briefly to pressurize the connection tube (about 3 sec). # Open and close the purge valve at the regulator to empty the connection tube. # Repeat point 10 and 11 at least three-five times to remove air and fill the connection tube with gas from the bottle. # Leave the bottle valve open and the purge valve closed the last time. # Open the valve to the pressure regulator and the gas line. The incoming gas cylinder filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (5) for changing gas bottle on the left hand side. While the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (6). They are with a bar/psi double scale. # After a gas bottle is connected, leak test should be performed. This can be done with a leak detector (not N₂ and O₂) or with soap water in the connection. The pressure of the gas system should also be monitored in the following hours to verify that there are no large leaks. All users of the gas system should monitor the remaining pressure of the gasses they use. The costs of running out of gas can be high. [[File:gas_cylinder.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Gas bank systems with the purge valve (V3) to release gas pressure in the hose and the valve (V1/V4) to the pressure regulator and gas line to open/close the gas flow into the gas panel. The gas bottle priority valve (V2) is used to control which of the gas cylinder that is in use. The incoming gas bottle filling pressure the can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M5), while the outlet pressure can be read on the display on the pressure gauges (M6). Pressure regulators are designed to reduce high pressures from gas cylinders and pipe lines to a constant and stable outlet pressure. ]] Written by Anna Tran 04.09.2019 caae2b8129b4b65032d66dfc323b8286393c4fdf 0 1 165 146 2019-10-18T12:49:12Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] 0687c66e949e1200c470c4971629bfbdcaa6981b 166 165 2019-10-21T19:17:05Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] ---- * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] fb19472259bbb1b924a6a367c69f947c46106d68 190 166 2019-11-18T19:57:57Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] ---- * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 2c636f9b737fd8cbe4d2a1757efc0097632710e3 0 13 167 2019-10-21T19:20:14Z Hso039 6 Created page with "Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] Current version 1.5 ## INSTALLATION: 1. pull code from git repository 2..." wikitext text/x-wiki Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] Current version 1.5 ## INSTALLATION: 1. pull code from git repository 2. (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. ## RUNNING: A. run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- B. double-click the script FLIIMP.sh # FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor ## USING FLIIMP: FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ### 1. Path settings, instrument and time  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located.  ### 2. Sample screening and selection In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing".  ### 3. Run parameters and calibration settings In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".   ## Detailed description of calibration procedure ### 1. Identification of standards - Calibration standards - Drift standards ### 2. Calibration - Using IAEA procedures ### 3. Instrument characteristics - Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ### 4. Quality flags - Humidity variation - Isotope variation - Temperature variation - Quality flags ### 5. Sample report ## Reference IAEA, 20xx 0ab1eefb0de9b5b43260f2092c917350c9d99538 171 167 2019-10-21T19:27:29Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor == Current version 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] == INSTALLATION: == 1. pull code from git repository 2. (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. == RUNNING: == A. run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- B. double-click the script FLIIMP.sh == USING FLIIMP: == FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. === 1. Path settings, instrument and time ===  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located.  === Sample screening and selection === In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing".  ### 3. Run parameters and calibration settings In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".   ## Detailed description of calibration procedure ### 1. Identification of standards - Calibration standards - Drift standards ### 2. Calibration - Using IAEA procedures ### 3. Instrument characteristics - Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ### 4. Quality flags - Humidity variation - Isotope variation - Temperature variation - Quality flags ### 5. Sample report ## Reference IAEA, 20xx 16cc61475d295a0980c56f6f87b76c384e5a6254 172 171 2019-10-21T19:28:15Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor == Current version 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] === INSTALLATION: === 1. pull code from git repository 2. (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === RUNNING: === A. run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- B. double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === USING FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== 1. Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located.  === Sample screening and selection === In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing".  ### 3. Run parameters and calibration settings In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".   ## Detailed description of calibration procedure ### 1. Identification of standards - Calibration standards - Drift standards ### 2. Calibration - Using IAEA procedures ### 3. Instrument characteristics - Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ### 4. Quality flags - Humidity variation - Isotope variation - Temperature variation - Quality flags ### 5. Sample report ## Reference IAEA, 20xx c0307fbef002e94e0d36552f34cf434e59e0b14a 173 172 2019-10-21T19:35:14Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor == The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] === INSTALLATION: === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === RUNNING: === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === USING FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_1.png]] ==== Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_2.png]] ==== Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_3.png]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== 1. Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== 2. Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== 3. Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== 4. Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== 5. Sample report ==== === Reference ==== IAEA, 20xx b66c3a9ee0b5bb33731ee8d4cfa2289f5ce0866f 174 173 2019-10-21T19:39:04Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor == The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] === Installation === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === Running === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === Using FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_1.png]] ==== Step 2: Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_2.png]] ==== Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[Wikifile:FLiiMP_3.png]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== Sample report ==== === References === IAEA, 20xx 801146d7fb60b5a7ef74d2a5d56c008c258662dc 175 174 2019-10-21T19:43:02Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor == The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home] === Installation === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === Running === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === Using FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png]] ==== Step 2: Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png]] ==== Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== Sample report ==== === References === IAEA, 20xx 1ddcbbde3d2bfdc16493b487822be97822e9f9fe 176 175 2019-10-21T19:46:48Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h2> FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor </h2> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository ] === Installation === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === Running === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === Using FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png]] ==== Step 2: Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png]] ==== Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== Sample report ==== === References === IAEA, 20xx 8a285c79414a10bf468f8cbb54ba653875288239 177 176 2019-10-21T19:47:04Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h4> FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor </h4> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository ] === Installation === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === Running === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === Using FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (YYYYMMDD) or if a specific date with HHMMSS is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png]] ==== Step 2: Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png]] ==== Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== Sample report ==== === References === IAEA, 20xx 13ba81e155556d2b9f726727adf6b9e828ebb27f 178 177 2019-10-21T19:48:55Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h2> FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor </h2> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository ] === Installation === # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. === Running === # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh === Using FLIIMP: === FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. ==== Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time ====  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] ==== Step 2: Sample screening and selection ==== In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png | Figure 2]] ==== Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings ==== In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png | Figure 3]] === Detailed description of calibration procedure === ==== Identification of standards ==== * Calibration standards * Drift standards ==== Calibration ==== * Using IAEA procedures ==== Instrument characteristics ==== * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature ==== Quality flags ==== * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags ==== Sample report ==== === References === IAEA, 20xx cc0031d1d5aaf8210cd6de701bf1b14acf7f6158 179 178 2019-10-21T19:52:23Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository ] <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png | Figure 3]] <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <h5> Sample report </h5> </h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 7882bf280ee09bb92b13e1ba62be39f2f2d1bffb 180 179 2019-10-21T19:54:57Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 <p> Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository] <p> <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. <p> <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh <p> <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <p> <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. <p> FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. <p> The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". <p> Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <p> <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> <p> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. <p> The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. <p> Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. <p> [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <p> <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. <p> The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. <p> Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. <p> Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. <p> In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. <p> Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". <p> [[File:FLiiMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <p> <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). <p> The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. <p> Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). <p> The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. <p> Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. <p> The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. <p> The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. <p> The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. <p> The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. <p> Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. <p> Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load". <p> [[File:FLiiMP_3.png | Figure 3]] <p> <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <p> <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <p> <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <p> <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <p> <h5> Sample report </h5> <p> <h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 8105d7867a000136af5048ddbd9d6e1f644d37a0 181 180 2019-10-21T19:57:23Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository] <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLiiMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLiiMP_3.png | Figure 3]] <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <h5> Sample report </h5> <h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 0be2dc70170bbac2bb1ec5441dff4a361eb7c7f6 182 181 2019-10-21T20:00:32Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository] <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> # run the script FLIIMP.m with matlab -or- # double-click the script FLIIMP.sh <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file "FLIIMP_settings.mat" in the local directory where FLIIMP.m is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLIIMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLIIMP_3.png | Figure 3]] <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <h5> Sample report </h5> <h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 16eab57e9941557433c91ab7bd3521b604a06964 183 182 2019-10-21T20:04:48Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository] ---- <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. ---- <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> A. run the script <code>FLIIMP.m</code> with matlab -or- B. double-click the script FLIIMP.sh ---- <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file <code>"FLIIMP_settings.mat"</code> in the local directory where <code>FLIIMP.m</code> is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H_2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLIIMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLIIMP_3.png | Figure 3]] <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <h5> Sample report </h5> <h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 4c7fe91b5e8e808362392e99bfb7b7f4c828c917 184 183 2019-10-21T20:05:38Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FLIIMP - FARLAB Liquid Injection Isotope Measurement Processor</h3> The current version of FLIIMP is 1.5 Access the FLIIMP code on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp/wikis/home FLIIMP git repository] ---- <h4> Installation </h4> # pull code from git repository # (optional) copy the script FLIIMP.sh to your computer to start FLIIMP with a double click. Path settings need to be adjusted to your computer. ---- <h4> Starting FLIIMP </h4> A. run the script <code>FLIIMP.m</code> with matlab -or- B. double-click the script FLIIMP.sh ---- <h4> Using FLIIMP </h4> FLIIMP has 3 windows, that have to be completed in a fixed sequence. <h5> Step 1: Path settings, instrument and time </h5>  FLIIMP reads in the injection files from an instrument for a particular time, time range, or day. The Input file path for all injection files is specified in the first entry field. FLIIMP creates a report on the calibrated data in HTML format within a new subfolder. The base output file path where the new output folder will be created is specified in the second entry field. The instrument on which the liquid samples were measured is chosen from the pulldown list "Instrument". Next, either a time range or specific files are selected. If choosing time range, only a date in format <code>YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS</code> needs to be given. If a range is given, all files that fall within the time period will be loaded. If only one date is given, either all files from that day (<code>YYYYMMDD</code>) or if a specific date with <code>HHMMSS</code> is given, that specific time will be looked for. The search path for files is combined from the input file path, the instrument, and the time range, for example <pre> HKDS2038/IsotopeData/HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180912_120312.csv</pre> At any point, the settings can be saved to a .mat file, or loaded from a previous run. The settings are saved and loaded across all three steps of the calibration, not for each step separately. The button "Next >" advances to the second step. After clicking, please check the matlab command window for error messages or warnings. Path settings are saved automatically to the file <code>"FLIIMP_settings.mat"</code> in the local directory where <code>FLIIMP.m</code> is located. [[File:FLiiMP_1.png | Figure 1]] <h5> Step 2: Sample screening and selection </h5> In the second step, the data files for the selected period are loaded, and displayed for screening and selection. The table shows each identified sample by its "Identifier 1" value, them mean H_2O concentration (in ppmv), and the standard deviation based on all samples. The figure panels to the right show box-and-whisker plots of H2O vs. Injection number (top) and a selected isotope parameter from the Parameter drop-down below vs. Injection nr. Clicking on a list item will display the injections of a sample. Using the checkmark "Exclude sample from processing" it is possible to disregard the currently selected sample from analysis. When the tickbox is checked, a "X" will appear in the list in front of an excluded sample. Using the buttons "Exclude all" and "Include all", it is possible to set all samples in the list as excluded/included. In the Injections line below, it is possible to exclude specific injections from the processing. If no sample is to be excluded, a value "-1" is displayed in the text entry box. To exclude injections 3 and 4 of the current sample, enter 3 and 4 separated by a space character in the input box. After choosing a different sample in the list, and combing back to the sample with excluded injections, these will be marked in red in the graphic display panels. Manually excluded samples and injections are listed in the FLIIMP report in the section "Pre-processing". [[File:FLIIMP_2.png | Figure 2]] <h5> Step 3: Run parameters and calibration settings </h5> In the third step, the run parameters and calibration settings are entered. Each FARLAB project has a unique id that is entered in the first input field. The accounting can either be internal, collaborator, or external, which will influence the analysis cost (not considered in the report at present). The report date defaults to the current date (format YYYYMMDD), but can be set to any other date. This date will be appended to the output directory name. The checkbox "Detailed report" determines whether additional analysis information is included in the report. For normal customers that are not part of FARLAB, the checkbox "Detailed report" should not be checked, as FARLAB-internal information about the instruments and processing are included in the detailed report. Often, a project contains several runs/batches. The serial number or identifier of a run is entered in the field "Run ID" (for example "run01" and so on). The next two lines should contain a name and email of the customer, and of the operator at FARLAB who can be contacted by the customer in case of questions. Processing at FARLAB is based on local laboratory standards, that were calibrated on the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale at several instances. The most current instance (run 3) is the default setting, for comparison purposes an older calibration run of the lab standards may be chosen. The delta values of the calibration standards are included in the report. The calibration type can be either 1-point or 2-point linear. The third option, 3-point is not yet implemented. Using 1-point will use an average of the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. Using 2-point linear will linearly interpolate between the standard measurements in the beginning and end of a run. The option 2-point linear is recommended. The input field "Calibration standards" should contain the chosen pair of calibration standards for slope and offset calibration. The first standard will be the offset correction, the first and second will be used in the slope correction. Standard names should appear as they are listed in the table visible in step 2. If more than 2 standards were measured, that are not used in the calibration, these names should be listed after the first two standards. If not included here, additional standard measurements will be treated as samples. The field "Drift standard" contains the name of a standard that was repeatedly measured during the run but not used in calibration. It is displayed in a separate section in the report. The fields "Calibration standards" and "Drift standard" must not be empty. If no drift standard was in included in a run, use one of the calibration standards here. The field "Averaging injections" sets how many of the last injections will be used in the averaging step. A number of 3 or 4 is currently recommended (without memory correction). The checkbox "include 17-O excess" needs to be checked for runs that are intended for 17-O excess analysis. Pressing the button "Calibrate" that will start to produce the output report in HTML format. Watch the matlab command line window for progress, error messages and warnings. Remember, settings across all three steps can be saved and loaded at any time using the buttons "Save" and "Load".  [[File:FLIIMP_3.png | Figure 3]] ---- <h4> Detailed description of calibration procedure </h4> <h5> Identification of standards </h5> * Calibration standards * Drift standards <h5> Calibration </h5> * Using IAEA procedures <h5> Instrument characteristics </h5> * Cavity temperature, cavity pressure, warm-box temperature, DAS temperature <h5> Quality flags </h5> * Humidity variation * Isotope variation * Temperature variation * Quality flags <h5> Sample report </h5> ---- <h4> References </h4> IAEA, 20xx 8626e789a0b5e957fa03eaa6e2a49c01c8c66697 6 14 168 2019-10-21T19:24:06Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 15 169 2019-10-21T19:24:28Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 16 170 2019-10-21T19:24:40Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 17 185 2019-10-21T20:17:01Z Hso039 6 Created page with "<h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4..." wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4> Purpose </h4> FaVaCal has been created to provide a standard routine for the calibration of water vapour measurements from Picarro L2130-i/L2140-i analyzers in use at FARLAB. The primary application is to indentify calibrations obtained from the SDM module. However, it is also possible to perform calibration with other methods. There is support for manual injections into the Picarro Vapourizer, or for self-defined calibrations obtained by other means. FaVaCal provides an overview of the data processing as HTML report, including quality flags and instrument parameters. The main result are data files with calibrated measurements in netCDF format. The data files contain quality flags and provide different averaging times. FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. It should be straightforward to translate these routines into other languages, such as python, if necessary. <h4> Installation </h4> The FaVaCal code is hosted at the [git.app.uib.no:farlab-codes/farlab_vapour.git FaVaCal git repository]. Download or clone to a local directory to use FaVaCal. On the GFI linux system, FaVaCal is installed at <path>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/matlab</path> <h4> Files and structure </h4> FaVaCal is operated by defining a run file that creates a set of matlab variables (structures), and then calls the main FaVaCal routine. The name of this routine can be chosen by the user. Typical names in use at FARLAB are e.g. <code>FaVaCal_SNOWPACE_Finse_run01.m</code>. The files included in FaVaCal are: ; FaVaCal_report.m : Create the output directory, call required subroutines in sequence, and produce the HTML report. ; FaVaCal_calibrations.m : Identify calibrations from SDM or manual injections, quality control, plot, and save as structure in file <run>_calibrations.mat ; FaVaCal_calibrate.m : Perform quality control of vapour data, calibration, time averaging, daily and overview plots, and netCDF output. ; FARLAB_standards.m : A file containing information about the available calibration standards. This file is shared with the FLIIMP project. ; FARLAB_vapour_data.m : Routine to read in vapour data for a given time range. The vapour data are in raw netCDF format, which is obtained from a python conversion routine FARLAB_Picarro_dat2nc.py. <h4> Usage </h4> FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. Before running the calibration, the user needs to create a run file that defines a set of matlab variables. These matlab variables contain all the settings required to perform the calibration, as explained below. <h4> General working principle </h4> FaVaCal then proceeds to identify the calibrations from the raw data files, performs quality control of the identified calibrations, and creates overview figures for each calibration. The result of the calibrations is saved as a matlab file in the output folder, named FARLAB_HKDS2038_calibrations.mat. Thereafter, the vapour data are calibrated one day at a time. For each day, the nearest 2 (default value) valid calibrations are identified, averaged, and used for calibration. Quality codes, flagging and filtering is performed on the native time resolution data (see below). The data is then averaged to 1s, 10s, 30s, 1min and 1h time resolution, and all resolutions are saved into one netCDF data file. Overview plots of the calibrated data and instrument parameters are created for each day and the entire calibration period. Finally, a HTML report is created that summarizes the calibration run, and includes the overview figures and a table of all calibrations (see below). Additionally, a method description is included, as well as recommendations for acknowledgements in scientific publications. <h4> Calibration period identification </h4> The entire calibration period was first processed for calibration periods with the SDM. The SDM was equipped with two bags, one each filled with standard DI ( -7.78 permil δ18O and δD -50.38 permil) and GSM1 (-33.07 permil in δ18O and -262.95 permil in δD). Typically, standards were applied to the analyzer 1-2 times in a 24 h period. Dry air was supplied from a synthetic air cylinder, or from a drierite patron. Calibration periods were identified for each day as periods when the valve mask switches to 6, which is the case during SDM calibration. Then for each calibration period, the median value of humidity, δ18O and δD are obtained. To identify bursting bubbles and other variations that are generally due to deficiencies of the SDM vapour stream generator, values where that deviate by more than 0.5 permil in δ18O or 4.0 permil in δD are discarded. The remaining data for each period are then averaged and the standard deviation calculated. Each calibration is then assigned with quality flags according to the following criteria: * Unknown standard, bit 1, value 1: Median value can not be matched with an expected value for a standard. * Humidity range, bit 2, value 2: Humidity below 17000 ppmv or above 23000 ppmv. * Humidity variation, bit 3, value 4: Standard deviation of humidity larger than 500 ppmv. * Isotope variation, bit 4, value 8: Isotope variability above 0.5 permil for δ18O or above 5.0 permil for δD. * Bubble bursting, bit 5, value 16: Humidity disturbances with max(H2O) exceeding 23000 ppmv. * Low data fraction, bit 6, value 32: More than 60.0&perc; of data removed from calibration period. <h4> Quality flags and data calibration </h4> Next, the vapour measurements are calibrated using calibrations of sufficient quality. For each calendar day in the period, data was calibrated using the two nearest available calibrations with sufficient quality within the entire calibration period. Sufficient quality is defined as quality flags 1, 2 and 6 not set. Quality flags 3, 4 and 5 increase uncertainty, but do not invalidate a calibration period. Calibration of offset and slope onto the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale with FARLAB laboratory standards DI and GSM1 follows the recommendations of IAEA (2010). For quality control of the vapour data, time periods of instrument parameter ranges outside of specifications are flagged and, if applicable, deleted. Each data point is assigned a vapour quality flag according to the following criteria: * Calibration period, bit 1, value 1: ValveMask is 0, flagged but not deleted. * Low humidity, bit 2, value 2: Mixing ratio of H2O below 200 ppmv. * Spike in δ18O, bit 3, value 4: deviation of δ18O to previous value exceeds 400.0 permil. * Spike in d-excess, bit 4, value 8: deviation of d-excess to previous value exceeds 100.0 permil. * Low cavity temperature, bit 5, value 16: Cavity temperature below 79.9 deg C (typically during warmup). 1500s after a low cavity temperature event are removed to allow for instrument stabilisation. * Specified event, bit 6, value 32: Event specified in event list occurred. Thereafter, calibrated data are averaged over specific time periods, using a running averaging window of 1s, 10s, 1min, 10min and 1h. Averaged values of the isotope parameters and key instrument parameters are then written to a netCDF file. <h4> Input file format</h4> The input file format consists of 3 sets of variable definitions as matlab structures. These are explained in detail below. <h5>Run settings</h5> The run settings cover a identifying name (project), time period (startdate, enddate), the instrument serial number (instrument), input path for the raw files (inpath), the output path directory (outpath). Furthermore, the date of report generation (reportDate), the name and contact email of the operator (person who performs calibration: operator, operatorContact) and the customer (owner of the dataset: customer, contact) are provided. <code> % run settings settings.project='IGP2018_ship'; settings.startdate=datenum('2018-02-25'); settings.enddate=datenum('2018-03-22'); settings.instrument='HKDS2038'; settings.outpath='/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/calibrated'; settings.inpath='/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/FARLAB/%s/raw'; settings.reportDate=now; settings.operator='Harald Sodemann'; settings.operatorContact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; settings.customer='Harald Sodemann'; settings.contact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; </code> The calibration settings control how the calibration is performed. The calibration routine automatically searches for either SDM calibrations or manual injections, using the Picarro's ValveMode flag. The standards used for each calibration (standardNames) are identified automatically from the definitions for different laboratory standard calibrations, set in the file FARLAB_standard.m (calset). The latest FARLAB calibration is currently 3. For each day, a given number of nearest calibrations is selected and averaged during calibration (ncals). If calibrations need to be specified manually, the automatic identification needs to be deactivated (replace=-1). In that case, additional calibration information can be provided that is included at the beginning of section 4 of the calibration report. <code> % calibration settings settings.calset=4; % which FARLAB calibration set to load (4: Iceland standards) settings.standardNames={'GV';'NEEM'}; settings.ncals=4; % number of calibrations required for processing settings.replace=-1; % replace exisiting calibrations file or use existing one, -1 for manual mode % additional text for calibration method section settings.calinfo='Calibration was performed using manual injections of standard liquids. The description below needs to be considered as of similar principle, but regarding manual injections' </code> The automatic detection of calibrations, and quality control of the these, is controlled by a set of calibration parameters. This is organised as a sub-structure of the structure settings. 6 quality flags are set. # unknown standard, automatic standard name detection failed # mean humidity outside the specified range (qmin,qmax) # humidity standard deviation above threshold (qstd) # isotope parameter standard deviation above threshold (O18std, H2std) # humidity maximum above threshold (bubble detection, qmax) # deleted fraction above threshold (delfrac) A quality flag of either 1,2 or 5 being set will result in not using the calibration run for data calibration. The minimum duration for SDM calibrations is typically 600s, whereas manual injections have a minimum length of 180s (minlen). <code> % parameters to flag/quality code during calibration detection settings.calparams.qmin=15000; settings.calparams.qmax=25000; settings.calparams.qstd=500; settings.calparams.O18std=0.5; settings.calparams.H2std=5.0; settings.calparams.delfrac=60.0; settings.calparams.minlen=180; % minimum length of a calibration </code> A different set of quality flags is defined for the data outside calibration periods. 5 quality flags are set during this processing step: # Calibration period (from automatic calibration identification) # Low humidity (qmin) # Spike in O-18 during a measuring interval (O18spike) # Spike in d-excess during a measuring interval (dspike) # Low cavity temperature (ctlow). A time period is removed after the temperature low to remove the overshoot heating (ctcut). # Event period (see below) <code> % parameters to flag/quality code during data processing settings.qcparams.qmin=200; settings.qcparams.O18spike=400; settings.qcparams.dspike=100; settings.qcparams.ctlow=79.5; settings.qcparams.ctcut=750; </code> <h5>Calibrations (Optional section)</h5> Alternatively to the automatic identification of calibration periods, manual calibrations can be specified. In this case, the parameter settings.replace must be set to -1, and settings.calibrations must be defined as exemplified below. It can be useful to manually specify calibrations to test the effect of calibration parameters, or if a bubbler or other external device is used in the calibration process. In the example below, 2 calibration runs are specified (run), with two different standards each (standard), with specified time segments (starts,ends), and quality codes (quality). The mean and standard deviations of humidity (H2O, H2O_SD), of O-18 (d18O, d18O_SD), of dD (dD, dD_SD) and d-excess (d, d_SD) are specified for each segment. The minimum and maximum water concentration (minH2O, maxH2O), a minimum humidity (dryValue) and the deleted data fraction are also specified manually (delFrac). Even if there is no figure for the calibration periods (figstr is set to empty), the parameter must be provided. <code> % manually create calibrations settings.calibrations=[]; settings.calibrations.starts=[datenum(2018,3,22,14,42,56),datenum(2018,3,22,15,3,3),datenum(2018,3,22,21,25,28),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,34)]; settings.calibrations.ends=[datenum(2018,3,22,15,2,0),datenum(2018,3,22,15,23,6),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,28),datenum(2018,3,22,22,5,34)]; settings.calibrations.run=[1 2 1 2]; settings.calibrations.standard=[1 1 2 2]; settings.calibrations.quality=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.H2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.H2O_SD=[157 151 164 165]; settings.calibrations.dD=[-266.301 -266.641 -45.354 -45.106]; settings.calibrations.dD_SD=[0.658 0.625 0.776 0.700]; settings.calibrations.d18O=[-36.202 -36.208 -10.928 -10.902]; settings.calibrations.d18O_SD=[0.124 0.103 0.134 0.140]; settings.calibrations.d=[23.315 23.279 41.07 42.110 ]; settings.calibrations.d_SD=[1 1 1 1]; settings.calibrations.minH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.maxH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.dryValue=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.delFrac=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.figstr=cell(4,1); </code> <h5>Event specification</h5> Special event periods can be specified, that are either only indicated in the calibration plots (mode 0), or that lead to the deletion of the respective data period from the calibrated files (mode -1). Each event consists of a start date, end date, description string, and the mode identifier. Events are included with the parameter settings.event. The events are included as an own quality flag, and listed with numbers in the data report (Table 2) and respective overview figures (Fig. 1 and 2). <code> % create special events to note (mode 0) or to delete (mode -1) event{1}={datenum(2018,2,25,0,0,0),datenum(2018,2,25,20,30,0),'Instrument installed',0}; event{2}={datenum(2018,2,26,14,0,0),datenum(2018,2,26,15,30,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{3}={datenum(2018,2,26,18,10,0),datenum(2018,2,26,20,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{4}={datenum(2018,2,27,11,20,0),datenum(2018,2,27,11,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{5}={datenum(2018,2,27,12,10,0),datenum(2018,2,27,13,10,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{6}={datenum(2018,2,28,19,10,0),datenum(2018,2,28,19,40,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{7}={datenum(2018,3,6,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,6,23,15,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{8}={datenum(2018,3,9,16,0,0),datenum(2018,3,9,17,0,0),'Breathing test?',0}; event{9}={datenum(2018,3,22,12,10,0),datenum(2018,3,22,13,0,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{10}={datenum(2018,3,22,10,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,11,0,0),'Breathing test',0}; event{11}={datenum(2018,3,22,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,23,59,59),'Instrument deinstalled',-1}; settings.event=event; </code> <h5>Metadata for netCDF files</h5> The metadata to be included in each daily netCDF data file includes essential parameters for ownership, contact, location, time period, instrumentation, reference, and further comments, as exemplified below. <code> % provide metadata as parameter metadata.email='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; metadata.contact='Harald Sodemann'; metadata.version='1.0'; metadata.latitude='66.38 deg N'; metadata.longitude='5.33 deg W'; metadata.elevation='34.0 m a.s.l.'; metadata.location_name='R/V Alliance, Measurement container, boat deck'; metadata.created=datestr(now); metadata.serial_number=settings.instrument; metadata.instrument='Picarro L2140-i'; metadata.institution='Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway'; metadata.title='IGP campaign 2018, stable isotope measurements of water vapour on R/V Alliance'; metadata.comment='Picarro L2140-i installed in met container with heated inlet 3m above'; metadata.references='Renfrew et al., 2019, BAMS'; </code> The final statement in the run file must be the call to the FaVaCal_report() routine. <code> % call the calibration routine with all parameters FARLAB_vapour_dataset(settings,metadata); </code> <h4> Report and output directory </h4> FaVaCal summarizes the calibration result in a comprehensive calibration report. The report is rendered from the figures and data produced during calibration identification and the data calibration. The sections and figures of the report are: # Summary # Calibrated data Figure 1: Overview over measurement period (1 minute averages) Figure 2: Daily overview figures showing 10 second averages (black) with standard deviation (grey)). # Acknowledgement section for publications # Method description for publications # Instrument stability Figure 3: Overview over instrument status during entire calibration period. # Calibration overview Table 1: Calibrations summary. # Preprocessing and corrections Table 2: Event log. Appendix: Figures for all calibrations Figure 6: Details for each calibration. The report is located as index.html in the FaVaCal output directory. The output directory is placed at the location specified in the run settings file. In addition, there is a folder for the calibrated netCDF data files, and the figures produced during the calibration run. <code> INTAROS2018-HKDS2038_20180731_20190823 calibrations.mat - matlab data file with identified or specified calibrations img - folder with image files in png format index.html - report in HTML format calibrated - folder with calibrated data files in netCDF format </code> <h4> Output netCDF file format</h4> FaVaCal produces netCDF data files with the calibrated data. The metadata are included from the specifications in the run setup file, according to user input. In addition, information about the chosen calibrations and processing is included. Variables in the data files include the raw data (if requested), as well as various time resolutions. Only a few essential instrument parameters (Cavity temperature, Cavity pressure, Warm box temperature) are included from the raw data files. The quality flag is retained at the native time resolution. <h4>Metadata</h4> <code> // global attributes: :email = "harald.sodemann@uib.no" ; :contact = "Harald Sodemann" ; :version = "1.0" ; :latitude = "60.38 deg N" ; :longitude = "5.33 deg E" ; :elevation = "34.0 m a.s.l." ; :location_name = "KV Svalbard" ; :created = "23-Aug-2019 13:49:34" ; :serial_number = "HKDS2038" ; :instrument = "Picarro L2140-i" ; :institution = "Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway" ; :title = "Stable isotope measurements of water vapour in Bergen" ; :comment = "Picarro L2140-i installed on board KV Svalbard during the INTAROS cruise" ; :references = "" ; :calibration\ standard\ 1 = "DI (d18O: -7.33 permil, dD: -49.95 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 1 = "31-Jul-2018 10:28:16 (d18O: -7.38 permil, dD: -49.80 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 1 = "02-Aug-2018 06:32:46 (d18O: -7.28 permil, dD: -50.10 permil)" ; :calibration\ standard\ 2 = "GSM1 (d18O: -32.43 permil, dD: -263.49 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 2 = "31-Jul-2018 09:47:50 (d18O: -32.45 permil, dD:-263.50 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 2 = "02-Aug-2018 05:52:22 (d18O: -32.41 permil, dD:-263.48 permil)" ; </code> <h5>Water isotope variables</h5> <code> netcdf FARLAB_HKDS2038_cal_V1_20180731 { dimensions: time_1s = 219764 ; time_10s = 8640 ; time_1min = 1440 ; time_10min = 144 ; time_1h = 24 ; variables: double time_1s(time_1s) ; time_1s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1s:long_name = "time_1s" ; float delta_18O_1s(time_1s) ; delta_18O_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1s(time_1s) ; delta_D_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1s(time_1s) ; d_1s:units = "permil" ; d_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1s(time_1s) ; q_1s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; double time_10s(time_10s) ; time_10s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10s:long_name = "time_10s" ; float delta_18O_10s(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10s(time_10s) ; d_10s:units = "permil" ; d_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s(time_10s) ; q_10s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10s_SD(time_10s) ; d_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s_SD(time_10s) ; q_10s_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1min(time_1min) ; time_1min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1min:long_name = "time_1min" ; float delta_18O_1min(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1min(time_1min) ; d_1min:units = "permil" ; d_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min(time_1min) ; q_1min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1min_SD(time_1min) ; d_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min_SD(time_1min) ; q_1min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_10min(time_10min) ; time_10min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10min:long_name = "time_10min" ; float delta_18O_10min(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10min(time_10min) ; d_10min:units = "permil" ; d_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min(time_10min) ; q_10min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10min_SD(time_10min) ; d_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min_SD(time_10min) ; q_10min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1h(time_1h) ; time_1h:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1h:long_name = "time_1h" ; float delta_18O_1h(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1h(time_1h) ; d_1h:units = "permil" ; d_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h(time_1h) ; q_1h:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1h:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1h_SD(time_1h) ; d_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h_SD(time_1h) ; q_1h_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; </code> <h5>Instrument parameters</h5> <code> float Tc_1s(time_1s) ; Tc_1s:units = "deg C" ; Tc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Tc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity temperature" ; float pc_1s(time_1s) ; pc_1s:units = "Torr" ; pc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; pc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity pressure" ; float Twb_1s(time_1s) ; Twb_1s:units = "deg C" ; Twb_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Twb_1s:long\ name = "Warm box temperature" ; float flag_1s(time_1s) ; flag_1s:units = "1" ; flag_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; flag_1s:long\ name = "Quality flag" ; </code> c9a52b77b1b6a00e3db476cdb691d86434e6c7d7 186 185 2019-10-21T20:22:33Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4> Purpose </h4> FaVaCal has been created to provide a standard routine for the calibration of water vapour measurements from Picarro L2130-i/L2140-i analyzers in use at FARLAB. The primary application is to indentify calibrations obtained from the SDM module. However, it is also possible to perform calibration with other methods. There is support for manual injections into the Picarro Vapourizer, or for self-defined calibrations obtained by other means. FaVaCal provides an overview of the data processing as HTML report, including quality flags and instrument parameters. The main result are data files with calibrated measurements in netCDF format. The data files contain quality flags and provide different averaging times. FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. It should be straightforward to translate these routines into other languages, such as python, if necessary. <h4> Installation </h4> The FaVaCal code is hosted at the [git.app.uib.no:farlab-codes/farlab_vapour.git FaVaCal git repository]. Download or clone to a local directory to use FaVaCal. On the GFI linux system, FaVaCal is installed at <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/matlab</code> <h4> Files and structure </h4> FaVaCal is operated by defining a run file that creates a set of matlab variables (structures), and then calls the main FaVaCal routine. The name of this routine can be chosen by the user. Typical names in use at FARLAB are e.g. <code>FaVaCal_SNOWPACE_Finse_run01.m</code>. The files included in FaVaCal are: ; FaVaCal_report.m : Create the output directory, call required subroutines in sequence, and produce the HTML report. ; FaVaCal_calibrations.m : Identify calibrations from SDM or manual injections, quality control, plot, and save as structure in file <run>_calibrations.mat ; FaVaCal_calibrate.m : Perform quality control of vapour data, calibration, time averaging, daily and overview plots, and netCDF output. ; FARLAB_standards.m : A file containing information about the available calibration standards. This file is shared with the FLIIMP project. ; FARLAB_vapour_data.m : Routine to read in vapour data for a given time range. The vapour data are in raw netCDF format, which is obtained from a python conversion routine <code>FARLAB_Picarro_dat2nc.py</code>. <h4> Usage </h4> FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. Before running the calibration, the user needs to create a run file that defines a set of matlab variables. These matlab variables contain all the settings required to perform the calibration, as explained below. <h4> General working principle </h4> FaVaCal then proceeds to identify the calibrations from the raw data files, performs quality control of the identified calibrations, and creates overview figures for each calibration. The result of the calibrations is saved as a matlab file in the output folder, named <code>FARLAB_HKDS2038_calibrations.mat</code>. Thereafter, the vapour data are calibrated one day at a time. For each day, the nearest 2 (default value) valid calibrations are identified, averaged, and used for calibration. Quality codes, flagging and filtering is performed on the native time resolution data (see below). The data is then averaged to 1s, 10s, 30s, 1min and 1h time resolution, and all resolutions are saved into one netCDF data file. Overview plots of the calibrated data and instrument parameters are created for each day and the entire calibration period. Finally, a HTML report is created that summarizes the calibration run, and includes the overview figures and a table of all calibrations (see below). Additionally, a method description is included, as well as recommendations for acknowledgements in scientific publications. <h4> Calibration period identification </h4> The entire calibration period was first processed for calibration periods with the SDM. The SDM was equipped with two bags, one each filled with standard DI ( -7.78 permil δ18O and δD -50.38 permil) and GSM1 (-33.07 permil in δ18O and -262.95 permil in δD). Typically, standards were applied to the analyzer 1-2 times in a 24 h period. Dry air was supplied from a synthetic air cylinder, or from a drierite patron. Calibration periods were identified for each day as periods when the valve mask switches to 6, which is the case during SDM calibration. Then for each calibration period, the median value of humidity, δ18O and δD are obtained. To identify bursting bubbles and other variations that are generally due to deficiencies of the SDM vapour stream generator, values where that deviate by more than 0.5 permil in δ18O or 4.0 permil in δD are discarded. The remaining data for each period are then averaged and the standard deviation calculated. Each calibration is then assigned with quality flags according to the following criteria: * Unknown standard, bit 1, value 1: Median value can not be matched with an expected value for a standard. * Humidity range, bit 2, value 2: Humidity below 17000 ppmv or above 23000 ppmv. * Humidity variation, bit 3, value 4: Standard deviation of humidity larger than 500 ppmv. * Isotope variation, bit 4, value 8: Isotope variability above 0.5 permil for δ18O or above 5.0 permil for δD. * Bubble bursting, bit 5, value 16: Humidity disturbances with max(H2O) exceeding 23000 ppmv. * Low data fraction, bit 6, value 32: More than 60.0&perc; of data removed from calibration period. <h4> Quality flags and data calibration </h4> Next, the vapour measurements are calibrated using calibrations of sufficient quality. For each calendar day in the period, data was calibrated using the two nearest available calibrations with sufficient quality within the entire calibration period. Sufficient quality is defined as quality flags 1, 2 and 6 not set. Quality flags 3, 4 and 5 increase uncertainty, but do not invalidate a calibration period. Calibration of offset and slope onto the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale with FARLAB laboratory standards DI and GSM1 follows the recommendations of IAEA (2010). For quality control of the vapour data, time periods of instrument parameter ranges outside of specifications are flagged and, if applicable, deleted. Each data point is assigned a vapour quality flag according to the following criteria: * Calibration period, bit 1, value 1: ValveMask is 0, flagged but not deleted. * Low humidity, bit 2, value 2: Mixing ratio of H2O below 200 ppmv. * Spike in δ18O, bit 3, value 4: deviation of δ18O to previous value exceeds 400.0 permil. * Spike in d-excess, bit 4, value 8: deviation of d-excess to previous value exceeds 100.0 permil. * Low cavity temperature, bit 5, value 16: Cavity temperature below 79.9 deg C (typically during warmup). 1500s after a low cavity temperature event are removed to allow for instrument stabilisation. * Specified event, bit 6, value 32: Event specified in event list occurred. Thereafter, calibrated data are averaged over specific time periods, using a running averaging window of 1s, 10s, 1min, 10min and 1h. Averaged values of the isotope parameters and key instrument parameters are then written to a netCDF file. <h4> Input file format</h4> The input file format consists of 3 sets of variable definitions as matlab structures. These are explained in detail below. <h5>Run settings</h5> The run settings cover a identifying name (project), time period (startdate, enddate), the instrument serial number (instrument), input path for the raw files (inpath), the output path directory (outpath). Furthermore, the date of report generation (reportDate), the name and contact email of the operator (person who performs calibration: operator, operatorContact) and the customer (owner of the dataset: customer, contact) are provided. <pre> % run settings settings.project='IGP2018_ship'; settings.startdate=datenum('2018-02-25'); settings.enddate=datenum('2018-03-22'); settings.instrument='HKDS2038'; settings.outpath='/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/calibrated'; settings.inpath='/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/FARLAB/%s/raw'; settings.reportDate=now; settings.operator='Harald Sodemann'; settings.operatorContact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; settings.customer='Harald Sodemann'; settings.contact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; </pre> The calibration settings control how the calibration is performed. The calibration routine automatically searches for either SDM calibrations or manual injections, using the Picarro's ValveMode flag. The standards used for each calibration (standardNames) are identified automatically from the definitions for different laboratory standard calibrations, set in the file FARLAB_standard.m (calset). The latest FARLAB calibration is currently 3. For each day, a given number of nearest calibrations is selected and averaged during calibration (ncals). If calibrations need to be specified manually, the automatic identification needs to be deactivated (replace=-1). In that case, additional calibration information can be provided that is included at the beginning of section 4 of the calibration report. <pre> % calibration settings settings.calset=4; % which FARLAB calibration set to load (4: Iceland standards) settings.standardNames={'GV';'NEEM'}; settings.ncals=4; % number of calibrations required for processing settings.replace=-1; % replace exisiting calibrations file or use existing one, -1 for manual mode % additional text for calibration method section settings.calinfo='Calibration was performed using manual injections of standard liquids. The description below needs to be considered as of similar principle, but regarding manual injections' </pre> The automatic detection of calibrations, and quality control of the these, is controlled by a set of calibration parameters. This is organised as a sub-structure of the structure settings. 6 quality flags are set. # unknown standard, automatic standard name detection failed # mean humidity outside the specified range (qmin,qmax) # humidity standard deviation above threshold (qstd) # isotope parameter standard deviation above threshold (O18std, H2std) # humidity maximum above threshold (bubble detection, qmax) # deleted fraction above threshold (delfrac) A quality flag of either 1,2 or 5 being set will result in not using the calibration run for data calibration. The minimum duration for SDM calibrations is typically 600s, whereas manual injections have a minimum length of 180s (minlen). <pre> % parameters to flag/quality code during calibration detection settings.calparams.qmin=15000; settings.calparams.qmax=25000; settings.calparams.qstd=500; settings.calparams.O18std=0.5; settings.calparams.H2std=5.0; settings.calparams.delfrac=60.0; settings.calparams.minlen=180; % minimum length of a calibration </pre> A different set of quality flags is defined for the data outside calibration periods. 5 quality flags are set during this processing step: # Calibration period (from automatic calibration identification) # Low humidity (qmin) # Spike in O-18 during a measuring interval (O18spike) # Spike in d-excess during a measuring interval (dspike) # Low cavity temperature (ctlow). A time period is removed after the temperature low to remove the overshoot heating (ctcut). # Event period (see below) <pre> % parameters to flag/quality code during data processing settings.qcparams.qmin=200; settings.qcparams.O18spike=400; settings.qcparams.dspike=100; settings.qcparams.ctlow=79.5; settings.qcparams.ctcut=750; </pre> <h5>Calibrations (Optional section)</h5> Alternatively to the automatic identification of calibration periods, manual calibrations can be specified. In this case, the parameter settings.replace must be set to -1, and settings.calibrations must be defined as exemplified below. It can be useful to manually specify calibrations to test the effect of calibration parameters, or if a bubbler or other external device is used in the calibration process. In the example below, 2 calibration runs are specified (run), with two different standards each (standard), with specified time segments (starts,ends), and quality codes (quality). The mean and standard deviations of humidity (H2O, H2O_SD), of O-18 (d18O, d18O_SD), of dD (dD, dD_SD) and d-excess (d, d_SD) are specified for each segment. The minimum and maximum water concentration (minH2O, maxH2O), a minimum humidity (dryValue) and the deleted data fraction are also specified manually (delFrac). Even if there is no figure for the calibration periods (figstr is set to empty), the parameter must be provided. <pre> % manually create calibrations settings.calibrations=[]; settings.calibrations.starts=[datenum(2018,3,22,14,42,56),datenum(2018,3,22,15,3,3),datenum(2018,3,22,21,25,28),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,34)]; settings.calibrations.ends=[datenum(2018,3,22,15,2,0),datenum(2018,3,22,15,23,6),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,28),datenum(2018,3,22,22,5,34)]; settings.calibrations.run=[1 2 1 2]; settings.calibrations.standard=[1 1 2 2]; settings.calibrations.quality=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.H2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.H2O_SD=[157 151 164 165]; settings.calibrations.dD=[-266.301 -266.641 -45.354 -45.106]; settings.calibrations.dD_SD=[0.658 0.625 0.776 0.700]; settings.calibrations.d18O=[-36.202 -36.208 -10.928 -10.902]; settings.calibrations.d18O_SD=[0.124 0.103 0.134 0.140]; settings.calibrations.d=[23.315 23.279 41.07 42.110 ]; settings.calibrations.d_SD=[1 1 1 1]; settings.calibrations.minH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.maxH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.dryValue=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.delFrac=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.figstr=cell(4,1); </pre> <h5>Event specification</h5> Special event periods can be specified, that are either only indicated in the calibration plots (mode 0), or that lead to the deletion of the respective data period from the calibrated files (mode -1). Each event consists of a start date, end date, description string, and the mode identifier. Events are included with the parameter settings.event. The events are included as an own quality flag, and listed with numbers in the data report (Table 2) and respective overview figures (Fig. 1 and 2). <pre> % create special events to note (mode 0) or to delete (mode -1) event{1}={datenum(2018,2,25,0,0,0),datenum(2018,2,25,20,30,0),'Instrument installed',0}; event{2}={datenum(2018,2,26,14,0,0),datenum(2018,2,26,15,30,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{3}={datenum(2018,2,26,18,10,0),datenum(2018,2,26,20,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{4}={datenum(2018,2,27,11,20,0),datenum(2018,2,27,11,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{5}={datenum(2018,2,27,12,10,0),datenum(2018,2,27,13,10,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{6}={datenum(2018,2,28,19,10,0),datenum(2018,2,28,19,40,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{7}={datenum(2018,3,6,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,6,23,15,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{8}={datenum(2018,3,9,16,0,0),datenum(2018,3,9,17,0,0),'Breathing test?',0}; event{9}={datenum(2018,3,22,12,10,0),datenum(2018,3,22,13,0,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{10}={datenum(2018,3,22,10,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,11,0,0),'Breathing test',0}; event{11}={datenum(2018,3,22,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,23,59,59),'Instrument deinstalled',-1}; settings.event=event; </pre> <h5>Metadata for netCDF files</h5> The metadata to be included in each daily netCDF data file includes essential parameters for ownership, contact, location, time period, instrumentation, reference, and further comments, as exemplified below. <pre> % provide metadata as parameter metadata.email='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; metadata.contact='Harald Sodemann'; metadata.version='1.0'; metadata.latitude='66.38 deg N'; metadata.longitude='5.33 deg W'; metadata.elevation='34.0 m a.s.l.'; metadata.location_name='R/V Alliance, Measurement container, boat deck'; metadata.created=datestr(now); metadata.serial_number=settings.instrument; metadata.instrument='Picarro L2140-i'; metadata.institution='Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway'; metadata.title='IGP campaign 2018, stable isotope measurements of water vapour on R/V Alliance'; metadata.comment='Picarro L2140-i installed in met container with heated inlet 3m above'; metadata.references='Renfrew et al., 2019, BAMS'; </pre> The final statement in the run file must be the call to the FaVaCal_report() routine. <pre> % call the calibration routine with all parameters FARLAB_vapour_dataset(settings,metadata); </pre> <h4> Report and output directory </h4> FaVaCal summarizes the calibration result in a comprehensive calibration report. The report is rendered from the figures and data produced during calibration identification and the data calibration. The sections and figures of the report are: # Summary # Calibrated data #* Figure 1: Overview over measurement period (1 minute averages) #* Figure 2: Daily overview figures showing 10 second averages (black) with standard deviation (grey)). # Acknowledgement section for publications # Method description for publications # Instrument stability #* Figure 3: Overview over instrument status during entire calibration period. # Calibration overview #* Table 1: Calibrations summary. # Preprocessing and corrections #* Table 2: Event log. # Appendix: Figures for all calibrations #* Figure 6: Details for each calibration. The report is located as index.html in the FaVaCal output directory. The output directory is placed at the location specified in the run settings file. In addition, there is a folder for the calibrated netCDF data files, and the figures produced during the calibration run. <pre> INTAROS2018-HKDS2038_20180731_20190823 calibrations.mat - matlab data file with identified or specified calibrations img - folder with image files in png format index.html - report in HTML format calibrated - folder with calibrated data files in netCDF format </pre> <h4> Output netCDF file format</h4> FaVaCal produces netCDF data files with the calibrated data. The metadata are included from the specifications in the run setup file, according to user input. In addition, information about the chosen calibrations and processing is included. Variables in the data files include the raw data (if requested), as well as various time resolutions. Only a few essential instrument parameters (Cavity temperature, Cavity pressure, Warm box temperature) are included from the raw data files. The quality flag is retained at the native time resolution. <h4>Metadata</h4> <pre> // global attributes: :email = "harald.sodemann@uib.no" ; :contact = "Harald Sodemann" ; :version = "1.0" ; :latitude = "60.38 deg N" ; :longitude = "5.33 deg E" ; :elevation = "34.0 m a.s.l." ; :location_name = "KV Svalbard" ; :created = "23-Aug-2019 13:49:34" ; :serial_number = "HKDS2038" ; :instrument = "Picarro L2140-i" ; :institution = "Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway" ; :title = "Stable isotope measurements of water vapour in Bergen" ; :comment = "Picarro L2140-i installed on board KV Svalbard during the INTAROS cruise" ; :references = "" ; :calibration\ standard\ 1 = "DI (d18O: -7.33 permil, dD: -49.95 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 1 = "31-Jul-2018 10:28:16 (d18O: -7.38 permil, dD: -49.80 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 1 = "02-Aug-2018 06:32:46 (d18O: -7.28 permil, dD: -50.10 permil)" ; :calibration\ standard\ 2 = "GSM1 (d18O: -32.43 permil, dD: -263.49 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 2 = "31-Jul-2018 09:47:50 (d18O: -32.45 permil, dD:-263.50 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 2 = "02-Aug-2018 05:52:22 (d18O: -32.41 permil, dD:-263.48 permil)" ; </pre> <h5>Water isotope variables</h5> <pre> netcdf FARLAB_HKDS2038_cal_V1_20180731 { dimensions: time_1s = 219764 ; time_10s = 8640 ; time_1min = 1440 ; time_10min = 144 ; time_1h = 24 ; variables: double time_1s(time_1s) ; time_1s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1s:long_name = "time_1s" ; float delta_18O_1s(time_1s) ; delta_18O_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1s(time_1s) ; delta_D_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1s(time_1s) ; d_1s:units = "permil" ; d_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1s(time_1s) ; q_1s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; double time_10s(time_10s) ; time_10s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10s:long_name = "time_10s" ; float delta_18O_10s(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10s(time_10s) ; d_10s:units = "permil" ; d_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s(time_10s) ; q_10s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10s_SD(time_10s) ; d_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s_SD(time_10s) ; q_10s_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1min(time_1min) ; time_1min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1min:long_name = "time_1min" ; float delta_18O_1min(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1min(time_1min) ; d_1min:units = "permil" ; d_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min(time_1min) ; q_1min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1min_SD(time_1min) ; d_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min_SD(time_1min) ; q_1min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_10min(time_10min) ; time_10min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10min:long_name = "time_10min" ; float delta_18O_10min(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10min(time_10min) ; d_10min:units = "permil" ; d_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min(time_10min) ; q_10min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10min_SD(time_10min) ; d_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min_SD(time_10min) ; q_10min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1h(time_1h) ; time_1h:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1h:long_name = "time_1h" ; float delta_18O_1h(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1h(time_1h) ; d_1h:units = "permil" ; d_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h(time_1h) ; q_1h:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1h:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1h_SD(time_1h) ; d_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h_SD(time_1h) ; q_1h_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; </pre> <h5>Instrument parameters</h5> <pre> float Tc_1s(time_1s) ; Tc_1s:units = "deg C" ; Tc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Tc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity temperature" ; float pc_1s(time_1s) ; pc_1s:units = "Torr" ; pc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; pc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity pressure" ; float Twb_1s(time_1s) ; Twb_1s:units = "deg C" ; Twb_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Twb_1s:long\ name = "Warm box temperature" ; float flag_1s(time_1s) ; flag_1s:units = "1" ; flag_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; flag_1s:long\ name = "Quality flag" ; </pre> 767e61bf38b44e716228ed34a2814ed5043cb4ef 187 186 2019-10-21T20:29:05Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4> Purpose </h4> FaVaCal has been created to provide a standard routine for the calibration of water vapour measurements from Picarro L2130-i/L2140-i analyzers in use at FARLAB. The primary application is to indentify calibrations obtained from the SDM module. However, it is also possible to perform calibration with other methods. There is support for manual injections into the Picarro Vapourizer, or for self-defined calibrations obtained by other means. FaVaCal provides an overview of the data processing as HTML report, including quality flags and instrument parameters. The main result are data files with calibrated measurements in netCDF format. The data files contain quality flags and provide different averaging times. FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. It should be straightforward to translate these routines into other languages, such as python, if necessary. ---- <h4> Installation </h4> The FaVaCal code is hosted at the [git.app.uib.no:farlab-codes/farlab_vapour.git FaVaCal git repository]. Download or clone to a local directory to use FaVaCal. On the GFI linux system, FaVaCal is installed at <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/matlab</code> ---- <h4> Files and structure </h4> FaVaCal is operated by defining a run file that creates a set of matlab variables (structures), and then calls the main FaVaCal routine. The name of this routine can be chosen by the user. Typical names in use at FARLAB are e.g. <code>FaVaCal_SNOWPACE_Finse_run01.m</code>. The files included in FaVaCal are: ; FaVaCal_report.m : Create the output directory, call required subroutines in sequence, and produce the HTML report. ; FaVaCal_calibrations.m : Identify calibrations from SDM or manual injections, quality control, plot, and save as structure in file <run>_calibrations.mat ; FaVaCal_calibrate.m : Perform quality control of vapour data, calibration, time averaging, daily and overview plots, and netCDF output. ; FARLAB_standards.m : A file containing information about the available calibration standards. This file is shared with the FLIIMP project. ; FARLAB_vapour_data.m : Routine to read in vapour data for a given time range. The vapour data are in raw netCDF format, which is obtained from a python conversion routine <code>FARLAB_Picarro_dat2nc.py</code>. ---- <h4> Usage </h4> FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. Before running the calibration, the user needs to create a run file that defines a set of matlab variables. These matlab variables contain all the settings required to perform the calibration, as explained below. ---- <h4> General working principle </h4> FaVaCal then proceeds to identify the calibrations from the raw data files, performs quality control of the identified calibrations, and creates overview figures for each calibration. The result of the calibrations is saved as a matlab file in the output folder, named <code>FARLAB_HKDS2038_calibrations.mat</code>. Thereafter, the vapour data are calibrated one day at a time. For each day, the nearest 2 (default value) valid calibrations are identified, averaged, and used for calibration. Quality codes, flagging and filtering is performed on the native time resolution data (see below). The data is then averaged to 1s, 10s, 30s, 1min and 1h time resolution, and all resolutions are saved into one netCDF data file. Overview plots of the calibrated data and instrument parameters are created for each day and the entire calibration period. Finally, a HTML report is created that summarizes the calibration run, and includes the overview figures and a table of all calibrations (see below). Additionally, a method description is included, as well as recommendations for acknowledgements in scientific publications. ---- <h4> Calibration period identification </h4> The entire calibration period was first processed for calibration periods with the SDM. The SDM was equipped with two bags, one each filled with standard DI ( -7.78 permil δ18O and δD -50.38 permil) and GSM1 (-33.07 permil in δ18O and -262.95 permil in δD). Typically, standards were applied to the analyzer 1-2 times in a 24 h period. Dry air was supplied from a synthetic air cylinder, or from a drierite patron. Calibration periods were identified for each day as periods when the valve mask switches to 6, which is the case during SDM calibration. Then for each calibration period, the median value of humidity, δ18O and δD are obtained. To identify bursting bubbles and other variations that are generally due to deficiencies of the SDM vapour stream generator, values where that deviate by more than 0.5 permil in δ18O or 4.0 permil in δD are discarded. The remaining data for each period are then averaged and the standard deviation calculated. Each calibration is then assigned with quality flags according to the following criteria: * Unknown standard, bit 1, value 1: Median value can not be matched with an expected value for a standard. * Humidity range, bit 2, value 2: Humidity below 17000 ppmv or above 23000 ppmv. * Humidity variation, bit 3, value 4: Standard deviation of humidity larger than 500 ppmv. * Isotope variation, bit 4, value 8: Isotope variability above 0.5 permil for δ18O or above 5.0 permil for δD. * Bubble bursting, bit 5, value 16: Humidity disturbances with max(H2O) exceeding 23000 ppmv. * Low data fraction, bit 6, value 32: More than 60.0&perc; of data removed from calibration period. ---- <h4> Quality flags and data calibration </h4> Next, the vapour measurements are calibrated using calibrations of sufficient quality. For each calendar day in the period, data was calibrated using the two nearest available calibrations with sufficient quality within the entire calibration period. Sufficient quality is defined as quality flags 1, 2 and 6 not set. Quality flags 3, 4 and 5 increase uncertainty, but do not invalidate a calibration period. Calibration of offset and slope onto the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale with FARLAB laboratory standards DI and GSM1 follows the recommendations of IAEA (2010). For quality control of the vapour data, time periods of instrument parameter ranges outside of specifications are flagged and, if applicable, deleted. Each data point is assigned a vapour quality flag according to the following criteria: * Calibration period, bit 1, value 1: ValveMask is 0, flagged but not deleted. * Low humidity, bit 2, value 2: Mixing ratio of H2O below 200 ppmv. * Spike in δ18O, bit 3, value 4: deviation of δ18O to previous value exceeds 400.0 permil. * Spike in d-excess, bit 4, value 8: deviation of d-excess to previous value exceeds 100.0 permil. * Low cavity temperature, bit 5, value 16: Cavity temperature below 79.9 deg C (typically during warmup). 1500s after a low cavity temperature event are removed to allow for instrument stabilisation. * Specified event, bit 6, value 32: Event specified in event list occurred. Thereafter, calibrated data are averaged over specific time periods, using a running averaging window of 1s, 10s, 1min, 10min and 1h. Averaged values of the isotope parameters and key instrument parameters are then written to a netCDF file. ---- <h4> Input file format</h4> The input file format consists of 3 sets of variable definitions as matlab structures. These are explained in detail below. <h5>Run settings</h5> The run settings cover a identifying name (project), time period (startdate, enddate), the instrument serial number (instrument), input path for the raw files (inpath), the output path directory (outpath). Furthermore, the date of report generation (reportDate), the name and contact email of the operator (person who performs calibration: operator, operatorContact) and the customer (owner of the dataset: customer, contact) are provided. <pre style="bgcolor: lightgrey"> % run settings settings.project='IGP2018_ship'; settings.startdate=datenum('2018-02-25'); settings.enddate=datenum('2018-03-22'); settings.instrument='HKDS2038'; settings.outpath='/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/calibrated'; settings.inpath='/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/FARLAB/%s/raw'; settings.reportDate=now; settings.operator='Harald Sodemann'; settings.operatorContact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; settings.customer='Harald Sodemann'; settings.contact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; </pre> The calibration settings control how the calibration is performed. The calibration routine automatically searches for either SDM calibrations or manual injections, using the Picarro's ValveMode flag. The standards used for each calibration (standardNames) are identified automatically from the definitions for different laboratory standard calibrations, set in the file FARLAB_standard.m (calset). The latest FARLAB calibration is currently 3. For each day, a given number of nearest calibrations is selected and averaged during calibration (ncals). If calibrations need to be specified manually, the automatic identification needs to be deactivated (replace=-1). In that case, additional calibration information can be provided that is included at the beginning of section 4 of the calibration report. <pre style="bgcolor: grey"> % calibration settings settings.calset=4; % which FARLAB calibration set to load (4: Iceland standards) settings.standardNames={'GV';'NEEM'}; settings.ncals=4; % number of calibrations required for processing settings.replace=-1; % replace exisiting calibrations file or use existing one, -1 for manual mode % additional text for calibration method section settings.calinfo='Calibration was performed using manual injections of standard liquids. The description below needs to be considered as of similar principle, but regarding manual injections' </pre> The automatic detection of calibrations, and quality control of the these, is controlled by a set of calibration parameters. This is organised as a sub-structure of the structure settings. 6 quality flags are set. # unknown standard, automatic standard name detection failed # mean humidity outside the specified range (qmin,qmax) # humidity standard deviation above threshold (qstd) # isotope parameter standard deviation above threshold (O18std, H2std) # humidity maximum above threshold (bubble detection, qmax) # deleted fraction above threshold (delfrac) A quality flag of either 1,2 or 5 being set will result in not using the calibration run for data calibration. The minimum duration for SDM calibrations is typically 600s, whereas manual injections have a minimum length of 180s (minlen). <pre> % parameters to flag/quality code during calibration detection settings.calparams.qmin=15000; settings.calparams.qmax=25000; settings.calparams.qstd=500; settings.calparams.O18std=0.5; settings.calparams.H2std=5.0; settings.calparams.delfrac=60.0; settings.calparams.minlen=180; % minimum length of a calibration </pre> A different set of quality flags is defined for the data outside calibration periods. 5 quality flags are set during this processing step: # Calibration period (from automatic calibration identification) # Low humidity (qmin) # Spike in O-18 during a measuring interval (O18spike) # Spike in d-excess during a measuring interval (dspike) # Low cavity temperature (ctlow). A time period is removed after the temperature low to remove the overshoot heating (ctcut). # Event period (see below) <pre> % parameters to flag/quality code during data processing settings.qcparams.qmin=200; settings.qcparams.O18spike=400; settings.qcparams.dspike=100; settings.qcparams.ctlow=79.5; settings.qcparams.ctcut=750; </pre> <h5>Calibrations (Optional section)</h5> Alternatively to the automatic identification of calibration periods, manual calibrations can be specified. In this case, the parameter settings.replace must be set to -1, and settings.calibrations must be defined as exemplified below. It can be useful to manually specify calibrations to test the effect of calibration parameters, or if a bubbler or other external device is used in the calibration process. In the example below, 2 calibration runs are specified (run), with two different standards each (standard), with specified time segments (starts,ends), and quality codes (quality). The mean and standard deviations of humidity (H2O, H2O_SD), of O-18 (d18O, d18O_SD), of dD (dD, dD_SD) and d-excess (d, d_SD) are specified for each segment. The minimum and maximum water concentration (minH2O, maxH2O), a minimum humidity (dryValue) and the deleted data fraction are also specified manually (delFrac). Even if there is no figure for the calibration periods (figstr is set to empty), the parameter must be provided. <pre> % manually create calibrations settings.calibrations=[]; settings.calibrations.starts=[datenum(2018,3,22,14,42,56),datenum(2018,3,22,15,3,3),datenum(2018,3,22,21,25,28),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,34)]; settings.calibrations.ends=[datenum(2018,3,22,15,2,0),datenum(2018,3,22,15,23,6),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,28),datenum(2018,3,22,22,5,34)]; settings.calibrations.run=[1 2 1 2]; settings.calibrations.standard=[1 1 2 2]; settings.calibrations.quality=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.H2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.H2O_SD=[157 151 164 165]; settings.calibrations.dD=[-266.301 -266.641 -45.354 -45.106]; settings.calibrations.dD_SD=[0.658 0.625 0.776 0.700]; settings.calibrations.d18O=[-36.202 -36.208 -10.928 -10.902]; settings.calibrations.d18O_SD=[0.124 0.103 0.134 0.140]; settings.calibrations.d=[23.315 23.279 41.07 42.110 ]; settings.calibrations.d_SD=[1 1 1 1]; settings.calibrations.minH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.maxH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.dryValue=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.delFrac=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.figstr=cell(4,1); </pre> <h5>Event specification</h5> Special event periods can be specified, that are either only indicated in the calibration plots (mode 0), or that lead to the deletion of the respective data period from the calibrated files (mode -1). Each event consists of a start date, end date, description string, and the mode identifier. Events are included with the parameter settings.event. The events are included as an own quality flag, and listed with numbers in the data report (Table 2) and respective overview figures (Fig. 1 and 2). <pre> % create special events to note (mode 0) or to delete (mode -1) event{1}={datenum(2018,2,25,0,0,0),datenum(2018,2,25,20,30,0),'Instrument installed',0}; event{2}={datenum(2018,2,26,14,0,0),datenum(2018,2,26,15,30,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{3}={datenum(2018,2,26,18,10,0),datenum(2018,2,26,20,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{4}={datenum(2018,2,27,11,20,0),datenum(2018,2,27,11,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{5}={datenum(2018,2,27,12,10,0),datenum(2018,2,27,13,10,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{6}={datenum(2018,2,28,19,10,0),datenum(2018,2,28,19,40,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{7}={datenum(2018,3,6,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,6,23,15,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{8}={datenum(2018,3,9,16,0,0),datenum(2018,3,9,17,0,0),'Breathing test?',0}; event{9}={datenum(2018,3,22,12,10,0),datenum(2018,3,22,13,0,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{10}={datenum(2018,3,22,10,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,11,0,0),'Breathing test',0}; event{11}={datenum(2018,3,22,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,23,59,59),'Instrument deinstalled',-1}; settings.event=event; </pre> <h5>Metadata for netCDF files</h5> The metadata to be included in each daily netCDF data file includes essential parameters for ownership, contact, location, time period, instrumentation, reference, and further comments, as exemplified below. <pre> % provide metadata as parameter metadata.email='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; metadata.contact='Harald Sodemann'; metadata.version='1.0'; metadata.latitude='66.38 deg N'; metadata.longitude='5.33 deg W'; metadata.elevation='34.0 m a.s.l.'; metadata.location_name='R/V Alliance, Measurement container, boat deck'; metadata.created=datestr(now); metadata.serial_number=settings.instrument; metadata.instrument='Picarro L2140-i'; metadata.institution='Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway'; metadata.title='IGP campaign 2018, stable isotope measurements of water vapour on R/V Alliance'; metadata.comment='Picarro L2140-i installed in met container with heated inlet 3m above'; metadata.references='Renfrew et al., 2019, BAMS'; </pre> The final statement in the run file must be the call to the FaVaCal_report() routine. <pre> % call the calibration routine with all parameters FARLAB_vapour_dataset(settings,metadata); </pre> <h4> Report and output directory </h4> FaVaCal summarizes the calibration result in a comprehensive calibration report. The report is rendered from the figures and data produced during calibration identification and the data calibration. The sections and figures of the report are: # Summary # Calibrated data #* Figure 1: Overview over measurement period (1 minute averages) #* Figure 2: Daily overview figures showing 10 second averages (black) with standard deviation (grey)). # Acknowledgement section for publications # Method description for publications # Instrument stability #* Figure 3: Overview over instrument status during entire calibration period. # Calibration overview #* Table 1: Calibrations summary. # Preprocessing and corrections #* Table 2: Event log. # Appendix: Figures for all calibrations #* Figure 6: Details for each calibration. The report is located as index.html in the FaVaCal output directory. The output directory is placed at the location specified in the run settings file. In addition, there is a folder for the calibrated netCDF data files, and the figures produced during the calibration run. <pre> INTAROS2018-HKDS2038_20180731_20190823 calibrations.mat - matlab data file with identified or specified calibrations img - folder with image files in png format index.html - report in HTML format calibrated - folder with calibrated data files in netCDF format </pre> ---- <h4> Output netCDF file format</h4> FaVaCal produces netCDF data files with the calibrated data. The metadata are included from the specifications in the run setup file, according to user input. In addition, information about the chosen calibrations and processing is included. Variables in the data files include the raw data (if requested), as well as various time resolutions. Only a few essential instrument parameters (Cavity temperature, Cavity pressure, Warm box temperature) are included from the raw data files. The quality flag is retained at the native time resolution. ---- <h4>Metadata</h4> <pre> // global attributes: :email = "harald.sodemann@uib.no" ; :contact = "Harald Sodemann" ; :version = "1.0" ; :latitude = "60.38 deg N" ; :longitude = "5.33 deg E" ; :elevation = "34.0 m a.s.l." ; :location_name = "KV Svalbard" ; :created = "23-Aug-2019 13:49:34" ; :serial_number = "HKDS2038" ; :instrument = "Picarro L2140-i" ; :institution = "Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway" ; :title = "Stable isotope measurements of water vapour in Bergen" ; :comment = "Picarro L2140-i installed on board KV Svalbard during the INTAROS cruise" ; :references = "" ; :calibration\ standard\ 1 = "DI (d18O: -7.33 permil, dD: -49.95 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 1 = "31-Jul-2018 10:28:16 (d18O: -7.38 permil, dD: -49.80 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 1 = "02-Aug-2018 06:32:46 (d18O: -7.28 permil, dD: -50.10 permil)" ; :calibration\ standard\ 2 = "GSM1 (d18O: -32.43 permil, dD: -263.49 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 2 = "31-Jul-2018 09:47:50 (d18O: -32.45 permil, dD:-263.50 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 2 = "02-Aug-2018 05:52:22 (d18O: -32.41 permil, dD:-263.48 permil)" ; </pre> <h5>Water isotope variables</h5> <pre> netcdf FARLAB_HKDS2038_cal_V1_20180731 { dimensions: time_1s = 219764 ; time_10s = 8640 ; time_1min = 1440 ; time_10min = 144 ; time_1h = 24 ; variables: double time_1s(time_1s) ; time_1s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1s:long_name = "time_1s" ; float delta_18O_1s(time_1s) ; delta_18O_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1s(time_1s) ; delta_D_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1s(time_1s) ; d_1s:units = "permil" ; d_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1s(time_1s) ; q_1s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; double time_10s(time_10s) ; time_10s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10s:long_name = "time_10s" ; float delta_18O_10s(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10s(time_10s) ; d_10s:units = "permil" ; d_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s(time_10s) ; q_10s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10s_SD(time_10s) ; d_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s_SD(time_10s) ; q_10s_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1min(time_1min) ; time_1min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1min:long_name = "time_1min" ; float delta_18O_1min(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1min(time_1min) ; d_1min:units = "permil" ; d_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min(time_1min) ; q_1min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1min_SD(time_1min) ; d_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min_SD(time_1min) ; q_1min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_10min(time_10min) ; time_10min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10min:long_name = "time_10min" ; float delta_18O_10min(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10min(time_10min) ; d_10min:units = "permil" ; d_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min(time_10min) ; q_10min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10min_SD(time_10min) ; d_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min_SD(time_10min) ; q_10min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1h(time_1h) ; time_1h:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1h:long_name = "time_1h" ; float delta_18O_1h(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1h(time_1h) ; d_1h:units = "permil" ; d_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h(time_1h) ; q_1h:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1h:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1h_SD(time_1h) ; d_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h_SD(time_1h) ; q_1h_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; </pre> <h5>Instrument parameters</h5> <pre> float Tc_1s(time_1s) ; Tc_1s:units = "deg C" ; Tc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Tc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity temperature" ; float pc_1s(time_1s) ; pc_1s:units = "Torr" ; pc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; pc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity pressure" ; float Twb_1s(time_1s) ; Twb_1s:units = "deg C" ; Twb_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Twb_1s:long\ name = "Warm box temperature" ; float flag_1s(time_1s) ; flag_1s:units = "1" ; flag_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; flag_1s:long\ name = "Quality flag" ; </pre> aa16adc2b5ba92cda5cb66c13f6554f9aef724a6 188 187 2019-10-21T20:33:35Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4> Purpose </h4> FaVaCal has been created to provide a standard routine for the calibration of water vapour measurements from Picarro L2130-i/L2140-i analyzers in use at FARLAB. The primary application is to indentify calibrations obtained from the SDM module. However, it is also possible to perform calibration with other methods. There is support for manual injections into the Picarro Vapourizer, or for self-defined calibrations obtained by other means. FaVaCal provides an overview of the data processing as HTML report, including quality flags and instrument parameters. The main result are data files with calibrated measurements in netCDF format. The data files contain quality flags and provide different averaging times. FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. It should be straightforward to translate these routines into other languages, such as python, if necessary. ---- <h4> Installation </h4> The FaVaCal code is hosted at the [git.app.uib.no:farlab-codes/farlab_vapour.git FaVaCal git repository]. Download or clone to a local directory to use FaVaCal. On the GFI linux system, FaVaCal is installed at <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/matlab</code> ---- <h4> Files and structure </h4> FaVaCal is operated by defining a run file that creates a set of matlab variables (structures), and then calls the main FaVaCal routine. The name of this routine can be chosen by the user. Typical names in use at FARLAB are e.g. <code>FaVaCal_SNOWPACE_Finse_run01.m</code>. The files included in FaVaCal are: ; FaVaCal_report.m : Create the output directory, call required subroutines in sequence, and produce the HTML report. ; FaVaCal_calibrations.m : Identify calibrations from SDM or manual injections, quality control, plot, and save as structure in file <run>_calibrations.mat ; FaVaCal_calibrate.m : Perform quality control of vapour data, calibration, time averaging, daily and overview plots, and netCDF output. ; FARLAB_standards.m : A file containing information about the available calibration standards. This file is shared with the FLIIMP project. ; FARLAB_vapour_data.m : Routine to read in vapour data for a given time range. The vapour data are in raw netCDF format, which is obtained from a python conversion routine <code>FARLAB_Picarro_dat2nc.py</code>. ---- <h4> Usage </h4> FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. Before running the calibration, the user needs to create a run file that defines a set of matlab variables. These matlab variables contain all the settings required to perform the calibration, as explained below. ---- <h4> General working principle </h4> FaVaCal then proceeds to identify the calibrations from the raw data files, performs quality control of the identified calibrations, and creates overview figures for each calibration. The result of the calibrations is saved as a matlab file in the output folder, named <code>FARLAB_HKDS2038_calibrations.mat</code>. Thereafter, the vapour data are calibrated one day at a time. For each day, the nearest 2 (default value) valid calibrations are identified, averaged, and used for calibration. Quality codes, flagging and filtering is performed on the native time resolution data (see below). The data is then averaged to 1s, 10s, 30s, 1min and 1h time resolution, and all resolutions are saved into one netCDF data file. Overview plots of the calibrated data and instrument parameters are created for each day and the entire calibration period. Finally, a HTML report is created that summarizes the calibration run, and includes the overview figures and a table of all calibrations (see below). Additionally, a method description is included, as well as recommendations for acknowledgements in scientific publications. ---- <h4> Calibration period identification </h4> The entire calibration period was first processed for calibration periods with the SDM. The SDM was equipped with two bags, one each filled with standard DI ( -7.78 permil δ18O and δD -50.38 permil) and GSM1 (-33.07 permil in δ18O and -262.95 permil in δD). Typically, standards were applied to the analyzer 1-2 times in a 24 h period. Dry air was supplied from a synthetic air cylinder, or from a drierite patron. Calibration periods were identified for each day as periods when the valve mask switches to 6, which is the case during SDM calibration. Then for each calibration period, the median value of humidity, δ18O and δD are obtained. To identify bursting bubbles and other variations that are generally due to deficiencies of the SDM vapour stream generator, values where that deviate by more than 0.5 permil in δ18O or 4.0 permil in δD are discarded. The remaining data for each period are then averaged and the standard deviation calculated. Each calibration is then assigned with quality flags according to the following criteria: * Unknown standard, bit 1, value 1: Median value can not be matched with an expected value for a standard. * Humidity range, bit 2, value 2: Humidity below 17000 ppmv or above 23000 ppmv. * Humidity variation, bit 3, value 4: Standard deviation of humidity larger than 500 ppmv. * Isotope variation, bit 4, value 8: Isotope variability above 0.5 permil for δ18O or above 5.0 permil for δD. * Bubble bursting, bit 5, value 16: Humidity disturbances with max(H2O) exceeding 23000 ppmv. * Low data fraction, bit 6, value 32: More than 60.0&perc; of data removed from calibration period. ---- <h4> Quality flags and data calibration </h4> Next, the vapour measurements are calibrated using calibrations of sufficient quality. For each calendar day in the period, data was calibrated using the two nearest available calibrations with sufficient quality within the entire calibration period. Sufficient quality is defined as quality flags 1, 2 and 6 not set. Quality flags 3, 4 and 5 increase uncertainty, but do not invalidate a calibration period. Calibration of offset and slope onto the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale with FARLAB laboratory standards DI and GSM1 follows the recommendations of IAEA (2010). For quality control of the vapour data, time periods of instrument parameter ranges outside of specifications are flagged and, if applicable, deleted. Each data point is assigned a vapour quality flag according to the following criteria: * Calibration period, bit 1, value 1: ValveMask is 0, flagged but not deleted. * Low humidity, bit 2, value 2: Mixing ratio of H2O below 200 ppmv. * Spike in δ18O, bit 3, value 4: deviation of δ18O to previous value exceeds 400.0 permil. * Spike in d-excess, bit 4, value 8: deviation of d-excess to previous value exceeds 100.0 permil. * Low cavity temperature, bit 5, value 16: Cavity temperature below 79.9 deg C (typically during warmup). 1500s after a low cavity temperature event are removed to allow for instrument stabilisation. * Specified event, bit 6, value 32: Event specified in event list occurred. Thereafter, calibrated data are averaged over specific time periods, using a running averaging window of 1s, 10s, 1min, 10min and 1h. Averaged values of the isotope parameters and key instrument parameters are then written to a netCDF file. ---- <h4> Input file format</h4> The input file format consists of 3 sets of variable definitions as matlab structures. These are explained in detail below. <h5>Run settings</h5> The run settings cover a identifying name (project), time period (startdate, enddate), the instrument serial number (instrument), input path for the raw files (inpath), the output path directory (outpath). Furthermore, the date of report generation (reportDate), the name and contact email of the operator (person who performs calibration: operator, operatorContact) and the customer (owner of the dataset: customer, contact) are provided. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % run settings settings.project='IGP2018_ship'; settings.startdate=datenum('2018-02-25'); settings.enddate=datenum('2018-03-22'); settings.instrument='HKDS2038'; settings.outpath='/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/calibrated'; settings.inpath='/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/FARLAB/%s/raw'; settings.reportDate=now; settings.operator='Harald Sodemann'; settings.operatorContact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; settings.customer='Harald Sodemann'; settings.contact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; </pre> The calibration settings control how the calibration is performed. The calibration routine automatically searches for either SDM calibrations or manual injections, using the Picarro's ValveMode flag. The standards used for each calibration (standardNames) are identified automatically from the definitions for different laboratory standard calibrations, set in the file FARLAB_standard.m (calset). The latest FARLAB calibration is currently 3. For each day, a given number of nearest calibrations is selected and averaged during calibration (ncals). If calibrations need to be specified manually, the automatic identification needs to be deactivated (replace=-1). In that case, additional calibration information can be provided that is included at the beginning of section 4 of the calibration report. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % calibration settings settings.calset=4; % which FARLAB calibration set to load (4: Iceland standards) settings.standardNames={'GV';'NEEM'}; settings.ncals=4; % number of calibrations required for processing settings.replace=-1; % replace exisiting calibrations file or use existing one, -1 for manual mode % additional text for calibration method section settings.calinfo='Calibration was performed using manual injections of standard liquids. The description below needs to be considered as of similar principle, but regarding manual injections' </pre> The automatic detection of calibrations, and quality control of the these, is controlled by a set of calibration parameters. This is organised as a sub-structure of the structure settings. 6 quality flags are set. # unknown standard, automatic standard name detection failed # mean humidity outside the specified range (qmin,qmax) # humidity standard deviation above threshold (qstd) # isotope parameter standard deviation above threshold (O18std, H2std) # humidity maximum above threshold (bubble detection, qmax) # deleted fraction above threshold (delfrac) A quality flag of either 1,2 or 5 being set will result in not using the calibration run for data calibration. The minimum duration for SDM calibrations is typically 600s, whereas manual injections have a minimum length of 180s (minlen). <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % parameters to flag/quality code during calibration detection settings.calparams.qmin=15000; settings.calparams.qmax=25000; settings.calparams.qstd=500; settings.calparams.O18std=0.5; settings.calparams.H2std=5.0; settings.calparams.delfrac=60.0; settings.calparams.minlen=180; % minimum length of a calibration </pre> A different set of quality flags is defined for the data outside calibration periods. 5 quality flags are set during this processing step: # Calibration period (from automatic calibration identification) # Low humidity (qmin) # Spike in O-18 during a measuring interval (O18spike) # Spike in d-excess during a measuring interval (dspike) # Low cavity temperature (ctlow). A time period is removed after the temperature low to remove the overshoot heating (ctcut). # Event period (see below) <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % parameters to flag/quality code during data processing settings.qcparams.qmin=200; settings.qcparams.O18spike=400; settings.qcparams.dspike=100; settings.qcparams.ctlow=79.5; settings.qcparams.ctcut=750; </pre> <h5>Calibrations (Optional section)</h5> Alternatively to the automatic identification of calibration periods, manual calibrations can be specified. In this case, the parameter settings.replace must be set to -1, and settings.calibrations must be defined as exemplified below. It can be useful to manually specify calibrations to test the effect of calibration parameters, or if a bubbler or other external device is used in the calibration process. In the example below, 2 calibration runs are specified (run), with two different standards each (standard), with specified time segments (starts,ends), and quality codes (quality). The mean and standard deviations of humidity (H2O, H2O_SD), of O-18 (d18O, d18O_SD), of dD (dD, dD_SD) and d-excess (d, d_SD) are specified for each segment. The minimum and maximum water concentration (minH2O, maxH2O), a minimum humidity (dryValue) and the deleted data fraction are also specified manually (delFrac). Even if there is no figure for the calibration periods (figstr is set to empty), the parameter must be provided. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % manually create calibrations settings.calibrations=[]; settings.calibrations.starts=[datenum(2018,3,22,14,42,56),datenum(2018,3,22,15,3,3),datenum(2018,3,22,21,25,28),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,34)]; settings.calibrations.ends=[datenum(2018,3,22,15,2,0),datenum(2018,3,22,15,23,6),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,28),datenum(2018,3,22,22,5,34)]; settings.calibrations.run=[1 2 1 2]; settings.calibrations.standard=[1 1 2 2]; settings.calibrations.quality=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.H2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.H2O_SD=[157 151 164 165]; settings.calibrations.dD=[-266.301 -266.641 -45.354 -45.106]; settings.calibrations.dD_SD=[0.658 0.625 0.776 0.700]; settings.calibrations.d18O=[-36.202 -36.208 -10.928 -10.902]; settings.calibrations.d18O_SD=[0.124 0.103 0.134 0.140]; settings.calibrations.d=[23.315 23.279 41.07 42.110 ]; settings.calibrations.d_SD=[1 1 1 1]; settings.calibrations.minH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.maxH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.dryValue=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.delFrac=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.figstr=cell(4,1); </pre> <h5>Event specification</h5> Special event periods can be specified, that are either only indicated in the calibration plots (mode 0), or that lead to the deletion of the respective data period from the calibrated files (mode -1). Each event consists of a start date, end date, description string, and the mode identifier. Events are included with the parameter settings.event. The events are included as an own quality flag, and listed with numbers in the data report (Table 2) and respective overview figures (Fig. 1 and 2). <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % create special events to note (mode 0) or to delete (mode -1) event{1}={datenum(2018,2,25,0,0,0),datenum(2018,2,25,20,30,0),'Instrument installed',0}; event{2}={datenum(2018,2,26,14,0,0),datenum(2018,2,26,15,30,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{3}={datenum(2018,2,26,18,10,0),datenum(2018,2,26,20,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{4}={datenum(2018,2,27,11,20,0),datenum(2018,2,27,11,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{5}={datenum(2018,2,27,12,10,0),datenum(2018,2,27,13,10,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{6}={datenum(2018,2,28,19,10,0),datenum(2018,2,28,19,40,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{7}={datenum(2018,3,6,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,6,23,15,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{8}={datenum(2018,3,9,16,0,0),datenum(2018,3,9,17,0,0),'Breathing test?',0}; event{9}={datenum(2018,3,22,12,10,0),datenum(2018,3,22,13,0,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{10}={datenum(2018,3,22,10,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,11,0,0),'Breathing test',0}; event{11}={datenum(2018,3,22,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,23,59,59),'Instrument deinstalled',-1}; settings.event=event; </pre> <h5>Metadata for netCDF files</h5> The metadata to be included in each daily netCDF data file includes essential parameters for ownership, contact, location, time period, instrumentation, reference, and further comments, as exemplified below. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % provide metadata as parameter metadata.email='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; metadata.contact='Harald Sodemann'; metadata.version='1.0'; metadata.latitude='66.38 deg N'; metadata.longitude='5.33 deg W'; metadata.elevation='34.0 m a.s.l.'; metadata.location_name='R/V Alliance, Measurement container, boat deck'; metadata.created=datestr(now); metadata.serial_number=settings.instrument; metadata.instrument='Picarro L2140-i'; metadata.institution='Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway'; metadata.title='IGP campaign 2018, stable isotope measurements of water vapour on R/V Alliance'; metadata.comment='Picarro L2140-i installed in met container with heated inlet 3m above'; metadata.references='Renfrew et al., 2019, BAMS'; </pre> The final statement in the run file must be the call to the FaVaCal_report() routine. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> % call the calibration routine with all parameters FARLAB_vapour_dataset(settings,metadata); </pre> <h4> Report and output directory </h4> FaVaCal summarizes the calibration result in a comprehensive calibration report. The report is rendered from the figures and data produced during calibration identification and the data calibration. The sections and figures of the report are: # Summary # Calibrated data #* Figure 1: Overview over measurement period (1 minute averages) #* Figure 2: Daily overview figures showing 10 second averages (black) with standard deviation (grey)). # Acknowledgement section for publications # Method description for publications # Instrument stability #* Figure 3: Overview over instrument status during entire calibration period. # Calibration overview #* Table 1: Calibrations summary. # Preprocessing and corrections #* Table 2: Event log. # Appendix: Figures for all calibrations #* Figure 6: Details for each calibration. The report is located as index.html in the FaVaCal output directory. The output directory is placed at the location specified in the run settings file. In addition, there is a folder for the calibrated netCDF data files, and the figures produced during the calibration run. <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> INTAROS2018-HKDS2038_20180731_20190823 calibrations.mat - matlab data file with identified or specified calibrations img - folder with image files in png format index.html - report in HTML format calibrated - folder with calibrated data files in netCDF format </pre> ---- <h4> Output netCDF file format</h4> FaVaCal produces netCDF data files with the calibrated data. The metadata are included from the specifications in the run setup file, according to user input. In addition, information about the chosen calibrations and processing is included. Variables in the data files include the raw data (if requested), as well as various time resolutions. Only a few essential instrument parameters (Cavity temperature, Cavity pressure, Warm box temperature) are included from the raw data files. The quality flag is retained at the native time resolution. ---- <h4>Metadata</h4> <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> // global attributes: :email = "harald.sodemann@uib.no" ; :contact = "Harald Sodemann" ; :version = "1.0" ; :latitude = "60.38 deg N" ; :longitude = "5.33 deg E" ; :elevation = "34.0 m a.s.l." ; :location_name = "KV Svalbard" ; :created = "23-Aug-2019 13:49:34" ; :serial_number = "HKDS2038" ; :instrument = "Picarro L2140-i" ; :institution = "Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway" ; :title = "Stable isotope measurements of water vapour in Bergen" ; :comment = "Picarro L2140-i installed on board KV Svalbard during the INTAROS cruise" ; :references = "" ; :calibration\ standard\ 1 = "DI (d18O: -7.33 permil, dD: -49.95 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 1 = "31-Jul-2018 10:28:16 (d18O: -7.38 permil, dD: -49.80 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 1 = "02-Aug-2018 06:32:46 (d18O: -7.28 permil, dD: -50.10 permil)" ; :calibration\ standard\ 2 = "GSM1 (d18O: -32.43 permil, dD: -263.49 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 2 = "31-Jul-2018 09:47:50 (d18O: -32.45 permil, dD:-263.50 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 2 = "02-Aug-2018 05:52:22 (d18O: -32.41 permil, dD:-263.48 permil)" ; </pre> <h5>Water isotope variables</h5> <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> netcdf FARLAB_HKDS2038_cal_V1_20180731 { dimensions: time_1s = 219764 ; time_10s = 8640 ; time_1min = 1440 ; time_10min = 144 ; time_1h = 24 ; variables: double time_1s(time_1s) ; time_1s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1s:long_name = "time_1s" ; float delta_18O_1s(time_1s) ; delta_18O_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1s(time_1s) ; delta_D_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1s(time_1s) ; d_1s:units = "permil" ; d_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1s(time_1s) ; q_1s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; double time_10s(time_10s) ; time_10s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10s:long_name = "time_10s" ; float delta_18O_10s(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10s(time_10s) ; d_10s:units = "permil" ; d_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s(time_10s) ; q_10s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10s_SD(time_10s) ; d_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s_SD(time_10s) ; q_10s_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1min(time_1min) ; time_1min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1min:long_name = "time_1min" ; float delta_18O_1min(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1min(time_1min) ; d_1min:units = "permil" ; d_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min(time_1min) ; q_1min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1min_SD(time_1min) ; d_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min_SD(time_1min) ; q_1min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_10min(time_10min) ; time_10min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10min:long_name = "time_10min" ; float delta_18O_10min(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10min(time_10min) ; d_10min:units = "permil" ; d_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min(time_10min) ; q_10min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10min_SD(time_10min) ; d_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min_SD(time_10min) ; q_10min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1h(time_1h) ; time_1h:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1h:long_name = "time_1h" ; float delta_18O_1h(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1h(time_1h) ; d_1h:units = "permil" ; d_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h(time_1h) ; q_1h:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1h:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1h_SD(time_1h) ; d_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h_SD(time_1h) ; q_1h_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; </pre> <h5>Instrument parameters</h5> <pre style="background-color: LightGrey"> float Tc_1s(time_1s) ; Tc_1s:units = "deg C" ; Tc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Tc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity temperature" ; float pc_1s(time_1s) ; pc_1s:units = "Torr" ; pc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; pc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity pressure" ; float Twb_1s(time_1s) ; Twb_1s:units = "deg C" ; Twb_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Twb_1s:long\ name = "Warm box temperature" ; float flag_1s(time_1s) ; flag_1s:units = "1" ; flag_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; flag_1s:long\ name = "Quality flag" ; </pre> b79f682398438b1f9ba3557d52ea3d97682e9ea6 189 188 2019-10-21T20:35:58Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <h3>FaVaCal (FARLAB Vapour Calibration Routines) Documentation</h3> Version 1.1 (24.08.2019) '''Harald Sodemann, Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway''' <h4> Purpose </h4> FaVaCal has been created to provide a standard routine for the calibration of water vapour measurements from Picarro L2130-i/L2140-i analyzers in use at FARLAB. The primary application is to indentify calibrations obtained from the SDM module. However, it is also possible to perform calibration with other methods. There is support for manual injections into the Picarro Vapourizer, or for self-defined calibrations obtained by other means. FaVaCal provides an overview of the data processing as HTML report, including quality flags and instrument parameters. The main result are data files with calibrated measurements in netCDF format. The data files contain quality flags and provide different averaging times. FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. It should be straightforward to translate these routines into other languages, such as python, if necessary. ---- <h4> Installation </h4> The FaVaCal code is hosted at the [git.app.uib.no:farlab-codes/farlab_vapour.git FaVaCal git repository]. Download or clone to a local directory to use FaVaCal. On the GFI linux system, FaVaCal is installed at <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/matlab</code> ---- <h4> Files and structure </h4> FaVaCal is operated by defining a run file that creates a set of matlab variables (structures), and then calls the main FaVaCal routine. The name of this routine can be chosen by the user. Typical names in use at FARLAB are e.g. <code>FaVaCal_SNOWPACE_Finse_run01.m</code>. The files included in FaVaCal are: ; FaVaCal_report.m : Create the output directory, call required subroutines in sequence, and produce the HTML report. ; FaVaCal_calibrations.m : Identify calibrations from SDM or manual injections, quality control, plot, and save as structure in file <run>_calibrations.mat ; FaVaCal_calibrate.m : Perform quality control of vapour data, calibration, time averaging, daily and overview plots, and netCDF output. ; FARLAB_standards.m : A file containing information about the available calibration standards. This file is shared with the FLIIMP project. ; FARLAB_vapour_data.m : Routine to read in vapour data for a given time range. The vapour data are in raw netCDF format, which is obtained from a python conversion routine <code>FARLAB_Picarro_dat2nc.py</code>. ---- <h4> Usage </h4> FaVaCal consists of a set of routines written in Matlab. Before running the calibration, the user needs to create a run file that defines a set of matlab variables. These matlab variables contain all the settings required to perform the calibration, as explained below. ---- <h4> General working principle </h4> FaVaCal then proceeds to identify the calibrations from the raw data files, performs quality control of the identified calibrations, and creates overview figures for each calibration. The result of the calibrations is saved as a matlab file in the output folder, named <code>FARLAB_HKDS2038_calibrations.mat</code>. Thereafter, the vapour data are calibrated one day at a time. For each day, the nearest 2 (default value) valid calibrations are identified, averaged, and used for calibration. Quality codes, flagging and filtering is performed on the native time resolution data (see below). The data is then averaged to 1s, 10s, 30s, 1min and 1h time resolution, and all resolutions are saved into one netCDF data file. Overview plots of the calibrated data and instrument parameters are created for each day and the entire calibration period. Finally, a HTML report is created that summarizes the calibration run, and includes the overview figures and a table of all calibrations (see below). Additionally, a method description is included, as well as recommendations for acknowledgements in scientific publications. ---- <h4> Calibration period identification </h4> The entire calibration period was first processed for calibration periods with the SDM. The SDM was equipped with two bags, one each filled with standard DI ( -7.78 permil δ18O and δD -50.38 permil) and GSM1 (-33.07 permil in δ18O and -262.95 permil in δD). Typically, standards were applied to the analyzer 1-2 times in a 24 h period. Dry air was supplied from a synthetic air cylinder, or from a drierite patron. Calibration periods were identified for each day as periods when the valve mask switches to 6, which is the case during SDM calibration. Then for each calibration period, the median value of humidity, δ18O and δD are obtained. To identify bursting bubbles and other variations that are generally due to deficiencies of the SDM vapour stream generator, values where that deviate by more than 0.5 permil in δ18O or 4.0 permil in δD are discarded. The remaining data for each period are then averaged and the standard deviation calculated. Each calibration is then assigned with quality flags according to the following criteria: * Unknown standard, bit 1, value 1: Median value can not be matched with an expected value for a standard. * Humidity range, bit 2, value 2: Humidity below 17000 ppmv or above 23000 ppmv. * Humidity variation, bit 3, value 4: Standard deviation of humidity larger than 500 ppmv. * Isotope variation, bit 4, value 8: Isotope variability above 0.5 permil for δ18O or above 5.0 permil for δD. * Bubble bursting, bit 5, value 16: Humidity disturbances with max(H2O) exceeding 23000 ppmv. * Low data fraction, bit 6, value 32: More than 60.0&perc; of data removed from calibration period. ---- <h4> Quality flags and data calibration </h4> Next, the vapour measurements are calibrated using calibrations of sufficient quality. For each calendar day in the period, data was calibrated using the two nearest available calibrations with sufficient quality within the entire calibration period. Sufficient quality is defined as quality flags 1, 2 and 6 not set. Quality flags 3, 4 and 5 increase uncertainty, but do not invalidate a calibration period. Calibration of offset and slope onto the VSMOW2-SLAP2 scale with FARLAB laboratory standards DI and GSM1 follows the recommendations of IAEA (2010). For quality control of the vapour data, time periods of instrument parameter ranges outside of specifications are flagged and, if applicable, deleted. Each data point is assigned a vapour quality flag according to the following criteria: * Calibration period, bit 1, value 1: ValveMask is 0, flagged but not deleted. * Low humidity, bit 2, value 2: Mixing ratio of H2O below 200 ppmv. * Spike in δ18O, bit 3, value 4: deviation of δ18O to previous value exceeds 400.0 permil. * Spike in d-excess, bit 4, value 8: deviation of d-excess to previous value exceeds 100.0 permil. * Low cavity temperature, bit 5, value 16: Cavity temperature below 79.9 deg C (typically during warmup). 1500s after a low cavity temperature event are removed to allow for instrument stabilisation. * Specified event, bit 6, value 32: Event specified in event list occurred. Thereafter, calibrated data are averaged over specific time periods, using a running averaging window of 1s, 10s, 1min, 10min and 1h. Averaged values of the isotope parameters and key instrument parameters are then written to a netCDF file. ---- <h4> Input file format</h4> The input file format consists of 3 sets of variable definitions as matlab structures. These are explained in detail below. <h5>Run settings</h5> The run settings cover a identifying name (project), time period (startdate, enddate), the instrument serial number (instrument), input path for the raw files (inpath), the output path directory (outpath). Furthermore, the date of report generation (reportDate), the name and contact email of the operator (person who performs calibration: operator, operatorContact) and the customer (owner of the dataset: customer, contact) are provided. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % run settings settings.project='IGP2018_ship'; settings.startdate=datenum('2018-02-25'); settings.enddate=datenum('2018-03-22'); settings.instrument='HKDS2038'; settings.outpath='/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/calibrated'; settings.inpath='/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/FARLAB/%s/raw'; settings.reportDate=now; settings.operator='Harald Sodemann'; settings.operatorContact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; settings.customer='Harald Sodemann'; settings.contact='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; </pre> The calibration settings control how the calibration is performed. The calibration routine automatically searches for either SDM calibrations or manual injections, using the Picarro's ValveMode flag. The standards used for each calibration (standardNames) are identified automatically from the definitions for different laboratory standard calibrations, set in the file FARLAB_standard.m (calset). The latest FARLAB calibration is currently 3. For each day, a given number of nearest calibrations is selected and averaged during calibration (ncals). If calibrations need to be specified manually, the automatic identification needs to be deactivated (replace=-1). In that case, additional calibration information can be provided that is included at the beginning of section 4 of the calibration report. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % calibration settings settings.calset=4; % which FARLAB calibration set to load (4: Iceland standards) settings.standardNames={'GV';'NEEM'}; settings.ncals=4; % number of calibrations required for processing settings.replace=-1; % replace exisiting calibrations file or use existing one, -1 for manual mode % additional text for calibration method section settings.calinfo='Calibration was performed using manual injections of standard liquids. The description below needs to be considered as of similar principle, but regarding manual injections' </pre> The automatic detection of calibrations, and quality control of the these, is controlled by a set of calibration parameters. This is organised as a sub-structure of the structure settings. 6 quality flags are set. # unknown standard, automatic standard name detection failed # mean humidity outside the specified range (qmin,qmax) # humidity standard deviation above threshold (qstd) # isotope parameter standard deviation above threshold (O18std, H2std) # humidity maximum above threshold (bubble detection, qmax) # deleted fraction above threshold (delfrac) A quality flag of either 1,2 or 5 being set will result in not using the calibration run for data calibration. The minimum duration for SDM calibrations is typically 600s, whereas manual injections have a minimum length of 180s (minlen). <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % parameters to flag/quality code during calibration detection settings.calparams.qmin=15000; settings.calparams.qmax=25000; settings.calparams.qstd=500; settings.calparams.O18std=0.5; settings.calparams.H2std=5.0; settings.calparams.delfrac=60.0; settings.calparams.minlen=180; % minimum length of a calibration </pre> A different set of quality flags is defined for the data outside calibration periods. 5 quality flags are set during this processing step: # Calibration period (from automatic calibration identification) # Low humidity (qmin) # Spike in O-18 during a measuring interval (O18spike) # Spike in d-excess during a measuring interval (dspike) # Low cavity temperature (ctlow). A time period is removed after the temperature low to remove the overshoot heating (ctcut). # Event period (see below) <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % parameters to flag/quality code during data processing settings.qcparams.qmin=200; settings.qcparams.O18spike=400; settings.qcparams.dspike=100; settings.qcparams.ctlow=79.5; settings.qcparams.ctcut=750; </pre> <h5>Calibrations (Optional section)</h5> Alternatively to the automatic identification of calibration periods, manual calibrations can be specified. In this case, the parameter settings.replace must be set to -1, and settings.calibrations must be defined as exemplified below. It can be useful to manually specify calibrations to test the effect of calibration parameters, or if a bubbler or other external device is used in the calibration process. In the example below, 2 calibration runs are specified (run), with two different standards each (standard), with specified time segments (starts,ends), and quality codes (quality). The mean and standard deviations of humidity (H2O, H2O_SD), of O-18 (d18O, d18O_SD), of dD (dD, dD_SD) and d-excess (d, d_SD) are specified for each segment. The minimum and maximum water concentration (minH2O, maxH2O), a minimum humidity (dryValue) and the deleted data fraction are also specified manually (delFrac). Even if there is no figure for the calibration periods (figstr is set to empty), the parameter must be provided. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % manually create calibrations settings.calibrations=[]; settings.calibrations.starts=[datenum(2018,3,22,14,42,56),datenum(2018,3,22,15,3,3),datenum(2018,3,22,21,25,28),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,34)]; settings.calibrations.ends=[datenum(2018,3,22,15,2,0),datenum(2018,3,22,15,23,6),datenum(2018,3,22,21,45,28),datenum(2018,3,22,22,5,34)]; settings.calibrations.run=[1 2 1 2]; settings.calibrations.standard=[1 1 2 2]; settings.calibrations.quality=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.H2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.H2O_SD=[157 151 164 165]; settings.calibrations.dD=[-266.301 -266.641 -45.354 -45.106]; settings.calibrations.dD_SD=[0.658 0.625 0.776 0.700]; settings.calibrations.d18O=[-36.202 -36.208 -10.928 -10.902]; settings.calibrations.d18O_SD=[0.124 0.103 0.134 0.140]; settings.calibrations.d=[23.315 23.279 41.07 42.110 ]; settings.calibrations.d_SD=[1 1 1 1]; settings.calibrations.minH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.maxH2O=[24800 24965 25510 25037]; settings.calibrations.dryValue=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.delFrac=[0 0 0 0]; settings.calibrations.figstr=cell(4,1); </pre> <h5>Event specification</h5> Special event periods can be specified, that are either only indicated in the calibration plots (mode 0), or that lead to the deletion of the respective data period from the calibrated files (mode -1). Each event consists of a start date, end date, description string, and the mode identifier. Events are included with the parameter settings.event. The events are included as an own quality flag, and listed with numbers in the data report (Table 2) and respective overview figures (Fig. 1 and 2). <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % create special events to note (mode 0) or to delete (mode -1) event{1}={datenum(2018,2,25,0,0,0),datenum(2018,2,25,20,30,0),'Instrument installed',0}; event{2}={datenum(2018,2,26,14,0,0),datenum(2018,2,26,15,30,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{3}={datenum(2018,2,26,18,10,0),datenum(2018,2,26,20,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{4}={datenum(2018,2,27,11,20,0),datenum(2018,2,27,11,45,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{5}={datenum(2018,2,27,12,10,0),datenum(2018,2,27,13,10,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{6}={datenum(2018,2,28,19,10,0),datenum(2018,2,28,19,40,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{7}={datenum(2018,3,6,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,6,23,15,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{8}={datenum(2018,3,9,16,0,0),datenum(2018,3,9,17,0,0),'Breathing test?',0}; event{9}={datenum(2018,3,22,12,10,0),datenum(2018,3,22,13,0,0),'Dry air',-1}; event{10}={datenum(2018,3,22,10,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,11,0,0),'Breathing test',0}; event{11}={datenum(2018,3,22,23,0,0),datenum(2018,3,22,23,59,59),'Instrument deinstalled',-1}; settings.event=event; </pre> <h5>Metadata for netCDF files</h5> The metadata to be included in each daily netCDF data file includes essential parameters for ownership, contact, location, time period, instrumentation, reference, and further comments, as exemplified below. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % provide metadata as parameter metadata.email='harald.sodemann@uib.no'; metadata.contact='Harald Sodemann'; metadata.version='1.0'; metadata.latitude='66.38 deg N'; metadata.longitude='5.33 deg W'; metadata.elevation='34.0 m a.s.l.'; metadata.location_name='R/V Alliance, Measurement container, boat deck'; metadata.created=datestr(now); metadata.serial_number=settings.instrument; metadata.instrument='Picarro L2140-i'; metadata.institution='Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway'; metadata.title='IGP campaign 2018, stable isotope measurements of water vapour on R/V Alliance'; metadata.comment='Picarro L2140-i installed in met container with heated inlet 3m above'; metadata.references='Renfrew et al., 2019, BAMS'; </pre> The final statement in the run file must be the call to the FaVaCal_report() routine. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> % call the calibration routine with all parameters FARLAB_vapour_dataset(settings,metadata); </pre> <h4> Report and output directory </h4> FaVaCal summarizes the calibration result in a comprehensive calibration report. The report is rendered from the figures and data produced during calibration identification and the data calibration. The sections and figures of the report are: # Summary # Calibrated data #* Figure 1: Overview over measurement period (1 minute averages) #* Figure 2: Daily overview figures showing 10 second averages (black) with standard deviation (grey)). # Acknowledgement section for publications # Method description for publications # Instrument stability #* Figure 3: Overview over instrument status during entire calibration period. # Calibration overview #* Table 1: Calibrations summary. # Preprocessing and corrections #* Table 2: Event log. # Appendix: Figures for all calibrations #* Figure 6: Details for each calibration. The report is located as index.html in the FaVaCal output directory. The output directory is placed at the location specified in the run settings file. In addition, there is a folder for the calibrated netCDF data files, and the figures produced during the calibration run. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> INTAROS2018-HKDS2038_20180731_20190823 calibrations.mat - matlab data file with identified or specified calibrations img - folder with image files in png format index.html - report in HTML format calibrated - folder with calibrated data files in netCDF format </pre> ---- <h4> Output netCDF file format</h4> FaVaCal produces netCDF data files with the calibrated data. The metadata are included from the specifications in the run setup file, according to user input. In addition, information about the chosen calibrations and processing is included. Variables in the data files include the raw data (if requested), as well as various time resolutions. Only a few essential instrument parameters (Cavity temperature, Cavity pressure, Warm box temperature) are included from the raw data files. The quality flag is retained at the native time resolution. ---- <h4>Metadata</h4> <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> // global attributes: :email = "harald.sodemann@uib.no" ; :contact = "Harald Sodemann" ; :version = "1.0" ; :latitude = "60.38 deg N" ; :longitude = "5.33 deg E" ; :elevation = "34.0 m a.s.l." ; :location_name = "KV Svalbard" ; :created = "23-Aug-2019 13:49:34" ; :serial_number = "HKDS2038" ; :instrument = "Picarro L2140-i" ; :institution = "Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway" ; :title = "Stable isotope measurements of water vapour in Bergen" ; :comment = "Picarro L2140-i installed on board KV Svalbard during the INTAROS cruise" ; :references = "" ; :calibration\ standard\ 1 = "DI (d18O: -7.33 permil, dD: -49.95 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 1 = "31-Jul-2018 10:28:16 (d18O: -7.38 permil, dD: -49.80 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 1 = "02-Aug-2018 06:32:46 (d18O: -7.28 permil, dD: -50.10 permil)" ; :calibration\ standard\ 2 = "GSM1 (d18O: -32.43 permil, dD: -263.49 permil)" ; :calibration\ 1\ for\ standard\ 2 = "31-Jul-2018 09:47:50 (d18O: -32.45 permil, dD:-263.50 permil)" ; :calibration\ 2\ for\ standard\ 2 = "02-Aug-2018 05:52:22 (d18O: -32.41 permil, dD:-263.48 permil)" ; </pre> <h5>Water isotope variables</h5> <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> netcdf FARLAB_HKDS2038_cal_V1_20180731 { dimensions: time_1s = 219764 ; time_10s = 8640 ; time_1min = 1440 ; time_10min = 144 ; time_1h = 24 ; variables: double time_1s(time_1s) ; time_1s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1s:long_name = "time_1s" ; float delta_18O_1s(time_1s) ; delta_18O_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1s(time_1s) ; delta_D_1s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1s(time_1s) ; d_1s:units = "permil" ; d_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1s(time_1s) ; q_1s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; double time_10s(time_10s) ; time_10s:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10s:long_name = "time_10s" ; float delta_18O_10s(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10s(time_10s) ; d_10s:units = "permil" ; d_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s(time_10s) ; q_10s:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10s:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_18O_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10s_SD(time_10s) ; delta_D_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10s_SD(time_10s) ; d_10s_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10s_SD(time_10s) ; q_10s_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10s_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10s_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1min(time_1min) ; time_1min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1min:long_name = "time_1min" ; float delta_18O_1min(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1min(time_1min) ; d_1min:units = "permil" ; d_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min(time_1min) ; q_1min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_18O_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1min_SD(time_1min) ; delta_D_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1min_SD(time_1min) ; d_1min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1min_SD(time_1min) ; q_1min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_10min(time_10min) ; time_10min:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_10min:long_name = "time_10min" ; float delta_18O_10min(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_10min(time_10min) ; d_10min:units = "permil" ; d_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min(time_10min) ; q_10min:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_10min:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_18O_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_10min_SD(time_10min) ; delta_D_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_10min_SD(time_10min) ; d_10min_SD:units = "permil" ; d_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_10min_SD(time_10min) ; q_10min_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_10min_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_10min_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; double time_1h(time_1h) ; time_1h:units = "days since 0001-01-01 00:00:00" ; time_1h:long_name = "time_1h" ; float delta_18O_1h(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h:long\ name = "Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h:missing_data = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium" ; float d_1h(time_1h) ; d_1h:units = "permil" ; d_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h:long\ name = "Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h(time_1h) ; q_1h:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h:_FillValue = -999.99f ; q_1h:long\ name = "Specific humidity" ; float delta_18O_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_18O_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_18O_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_18O_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Oxygen-18" ; float delta_D_1h_SD(time_1h) ; delta_D_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; delta_D_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; delta_D_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium" ; float d_1h_SD(time_1h) ; d_1h_SD:units = "permil" ; d_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; d_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of Deuterium excess" ; float q_1h_SD(time_1h) ; q_1h_SD:units = "g kg-1" ; q_1h_SD:long\ name = "standard deviation of specific humidity" ; q_1h_SD:_FillValue = -999.99f ; </pre> <h5>Instrument parameters</h5> <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> float Tc_1s(time_1s) ; Tc_1s:units = "deg C" ; Tc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Tc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity temperature" ; float pc_1s(time_1s) ; pc_1s:units = "Torr" ; pc_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; pc_1s:long\ name = "Cavity pressure" ; float Twb_1s(time_1s) ; Twb_1s:units = "deg C" ; Twb_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; Twb_1s:long\ name = "Warm box temperature" ; float flag_1s(time_1s) ; flag_1s:units = "1" ; flag_1s:_FillValue = -999.99f ; flag_1s:long\ name = "Quality flag" ; </pre> 9429407ed7b3de8c6fdfd95e990a035b49623313 0 18 191 2019-11-18T19:58:46Z Eal068 4 Created page with "Safety Information Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold...." wikitext text/x-wiki Safety Information Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. ddc5bc4f67d150e5b9966bbcff2233ace6c4904b 192 191 2019-11-18T20:00:58Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> 56e69d443a0bc405d7996b2c1d176d51efa2bbc1 193 192 2019-11-18T20:01:32Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> 9795ce773fe8bb95d63c0e7c31b3deb9c1a18220 194 193 2019-11-18T20:02:00Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. 3947a5b51f57d7ba2e36feba52212ab2dacaeca0 195 194 2019-11-18T20:02:18Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. 1dc1f76cca6aae48c9b42cc4ab2c416b47f8b5d7 196 195 2019-11-18T20:04:02Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. 65d99be1113b69798e438a67267ebf5c5854afae 197 196 2019-11-18T20:05:42Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. d56f41fcb6bf9037ee7ebec26ea4b1e29c7b0565 198 197 2019-11-18T20:06:21Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. b9ef2603d236b240867037ec900e0d512b17c89c 199 198 2019-11-18T20:08:48Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You WILL break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards ISOA, ISOB, CHALK and RIEDEL in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. f3d4d72ce72283a0dbf546cfffb2a7401b70721c 200 199 2019-11-18T20:10:09Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. c9c0e8f5f0b9d1dfcc4f04c98669c53e8d0dffc4 0 18 201 200 2019-11-18T20:11:51Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap ## Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) ## Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) ## Set Trap 2 to 140 oC 9d86f3018f717f98ff8768546f9e079c96f31bda 202 201 2019-11-18T20:12:49Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap ** Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) ** Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) ** Set Trap 2 to 140 oC e79177cc4fa676bcd7bd01c2cc88646a9af0e3d8 203 202 2019-11-18T20:13:23Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap *# Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) *# Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) *# Set Trap 2 to 140 oC 2c96cfaacad1aaaaf37153fcd35ac6b8b2b7692b 204 203 2019-11-18T20:16:31Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs a1eda0abf09ddaae071c71471cdfa4efe8e3b524 205 204 2019-11-18T20:18:47Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On Yeti cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On Nessie cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. 6020985b20c0e894c6337bad82717dc7ac86ab78 206 205 2019-11-19T21:53:06Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options 7329c5442ac740d8c81e704eec3e69c4bb11d8d6 207 206 2019-11-19T21:57:27Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options ## i. Pre delay = 10 s ## ii. Start = 9.4 ## iii. Stop = 9.6 ## iv. Step = 0.0002 8c85bc6f0cd3aeec3d8cece14d35059f662e9fe4 208 207 2019-11-19T22:01:08Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options *# Pre delay = 10 s *# Start = 9.4 *# Stop = 9.6 *# Step = 0.0002 7664e0632d285b57b0a32c3802bb18fa5b0f7d4b 209 208 2019-11-19T22:01:40Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 0f07d681f596955db417a6f854a2b8216f84ca45 210 209 2019-11-19T22:03:50Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds 84ac10c9c9d1b1f6bbfc618deb47f20cc2a88e44 211 210 2019-11-19T22:05:20Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control 4d4da2ea897a9fa2580d711248e16f40555c20ba 212 211 2019-11-19T22:06:32Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) 651a50a5c9fca84e57bba04a208587be29e1192a 213 212 2019-11-19T22:11:03Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) ''In: Isodat Workspace'' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save 0bfee56cda41db00dd1fdbd26f895568c3b350aa 214 213 2019-11-19T22:12:04Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) <b>In: Isodat Workspace</b> # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save 9cb5617c89cd7f167b2890ad07ebea64b5d8125b 215 214 2019-11-19T22:12:49Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. <b>In: Instrument Control</b> # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) <b>In: Isodat Workspace</b> # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save b56bba43569cd7f90bdd944168ef617fc3141590 216 215 2019-11-19T22:13:31Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) ''''In: Isodat Workspace'''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save 79f693deb64b6bbd46275993957b107b7d2f4a7c 217 216 2019-11-19T22:14:50Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 oC on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie) 4a461d6585d23d97e285c89c11247e1785abd6a3 218 217 2019-11-19T22:16:06Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie) '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. fd5e4b9029467532d10506e667a317f91714b7dd 219 218 2019-11-19T22:16:54Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie) '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! f5db8d2ab8d50aaac31cd23e10719372b4805a8d 220 219 2019-11-19T22:18:20Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) ''NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie)'' '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! ''Written by Sevasti Modestou 18.11.2019'' eb4f38f13afb763b1ca6dc360029bdef14efd031 221 220 2019-11-19T22:18:38Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) ''NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie)'' '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! ''Written by Sevasti Modestou 18.11.2019'' 24e7adb2cbb198052157ea93adddfb779a3766a1 222 221 2019-11-19T22:19:09Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) ''NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie)'' '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! ''Written by Sevasti Modestou 18.11.2019'' 2da37a057345a017b1337d6a20ef8f162fcb7e56 0 1 223 190 2019-12-11T12:25:28Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 921f88aec74e39b01d619620292b09c00f564e8e 245 223 2019-12-27T14:40:43Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Protocols == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- == Reports == ---- == User manuals == * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 149dd0482751fb344c6e16d9119e1bb83a6da3be 247 245 2019-12-27T14:42:51Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Protocols == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- == Reports == Sodemann, H: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, FARLAB report 01-2019, Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] ---- == User manuals == * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 0cfd8202b9153facad9f7c4a817dacb1bdf2208e 248 247 2019-12-27T14:44:14Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Protocols == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- == Reports == [[Sodemann, H: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, FARLAB report 01-2019, Version 1 (26 December 2019):File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] ---- == User manuals == * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] e2a422b5c40add4935217a0a4b2b9a947d682d3c 249 248 2019-12-27T14:44:48Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Protocols == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- == Reports == [[Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, FARLAB report 01-2019, Version 1 (26 December 2019):microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] ---- == User manuals == * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 9ec5fb26c46d055066c87603f6b8eef775639eba 6 19 224 2019-12-11T12:26:03Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 226 224 2019-12-11T12:27:23Z Hso039 6 Hso039 uploaded a new version of [[File:Vaporizer Cleaning Procedure 2-17-10.pdf]] wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 20 225 2019-12-11T12:26:27Z Hso039 6 Created page with "Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The c..." wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: 1. Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer.\ Note: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software. 2. Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT 2. Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. 3. Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. 4. Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). 5. Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. 6. Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) 7. Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual 8. Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) 9. Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. 10. Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). [[:File:Picarro Vaporizer Cleaning Procedure 2-17-10.pdf]] 4cb3ceb1e6ac5ad64ef636abffc65508a0bd4fcb 228 225 2019-12-11T12:28:33Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: 1. Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer.\ Note: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software. 2. Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT 2. Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. 3. Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. 4. Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). 5. Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. 6. Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) 7. Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual 8. Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) 9. Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. 10. Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] dbcc73fa319b06cb0c2f5c9de5a045a511aeed7d 229 228 2019-12-11T12:29:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer.\ Note: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] c4a34b268c07f8efa4e6172ce483101f38d42336 230 229 2019-12-11T12:31:30Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> Note: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software. </pre> # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) </pre> # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 68c7c9c4187b6a721dba958557f2e8433fa0675d 231 230 2019-12-11T12:33:59Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. '''Note: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) </pre> # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] e75aae017eadfc5e5b248feee5760bce5a93852b 232 231 2019-12-11T12:34:40Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) </pre> # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] c90e48a148051af7cbbc8355ff39021e5888be58 233 232 2019-12-11T12:34:52Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. The specific steps are: # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) </pre> # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] c1d2026686c941c0616fe90ad29dbb4923845b7a 234 233 2019-12-11T12:35:17Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> DI 1 uS 29 uS first cleaning 48 uS 150 uS second cleaning 5 uS ? last cleaning 1 uS ? a) Handheld GEO, b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) </pre> # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] fac21d98bec72ffc6dfd4c03c52dc859b8450779 235 234 2019-12-11T12:36:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? | || a) Handheld GEO || b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 7accc1a0e95925b13b5aa0206ca8495340e57c57 236 235 2019-12-11T12:37:38Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? | || a) Handheld GEO || b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) -} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 3d13a0663236d294f122ca9c831cc4635a973b98 237 236 2019-12-11T12:37:59Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? | || a) Handheld GEO || b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 6251039da7ebd3da2fc4e4a3797ec797cabfc465 238 237 2019-12-11T12:38:21Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |- | || a) Handheld GEO || b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] e4836a2debb96a73ec01c94b83486b3f273e24a5 239 238 2019-12-11T12:38:38Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 || |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |- | || a) Handheld GEO || b) Handheld GFI (Thermo) |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 34252b9dca5e8f34d588203394f1aab3b22378ec 240 239 2019-12-11T12:39:32Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| ! !! Handheld GEO !! Handheld GFI (Thermo) |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 || |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] f5ceed5fd1a43b3b3f1a1237f6aec12cb4f24011 241 240 2019-12-11T12:39:57Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| ! !! Handheld GEO !! Handheld GFI (Thermo) |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 || |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 3add2edb4b053b9d221c2b36169347480c0f34be 242 241 2019-12-11T12:40:07Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| ! !! Handheld GEO !! Handheld GFI (Thermo) |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 || |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] ac81cca5bae6b50847fc9e19b213271579dd3dcd 243 242 2019-12-11T12:40:20Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| ! !! Handheld GEO !! Handheld GFI (Thermo) |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 || |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 1c66b94d519b10dd2f12c366e06623b3c941e07a 244 243 2019-12-11T12:40:48Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Cleaning the Picarro vapourizer cleaning is at times necessary to remove salt residue that builds up from saltwater liquid sample analysis, typically over several weeks. The cleaning procedure takes several hours, and should typically run over night. Preparation and actual cleaning are most conveniently started after lunch, and take 1h for preparation and cooldown, and about 1h for cleaning the vapourizer. '''Specific steps for vapourizer cleaning:''' # '''Important: Leave the Picarro analyzer running, it will control the cleaning software.''' # Turn off vapourizer using switch in the back to allow cooldown. Remove power cord from vaporizer. # Optional: Loan handheld conductivity meter via PT # Prepare 1.5 l of DI water (from DI generator, not lab standards!) in a large beaker. # Put beaker with whirlfish on heater plate, at 45-60°C. # Place mobile table next to Picarro, get cleaning kit (CF lab shelf under Picarros near door). # Unmount vapourizer from autosampler and place on cleaning stand. Connect vapourizer serial cable to Picarro using extension serial cable. # Stabilize vapourizer in vertical position, with stand for funnel above vapourizer inlet and attach tubing as described in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual (attached below) # Follow cleaning instructions in Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual # Overall washing takes 1h. Measure conductivity in DI and first and last washing liquid. Previous results from measuring using different conductivity metres: {| ! !! Handheld GEO !! Handheld GFI (Thermo) |- | DI || 1 uS || 29 uS |- | first cleaning || 48 uS || 150 uS |- | second cleaning || 5 uS || ? |- | last cleaning || 1 uS || ? |} # Reattach the vapourizer to its regular place in the Picarro. Typical humidity at start of cleaning software is 40'000 ppmv. # Start cleaning software to run overnight. The vapourizer cleaner software runs a cycle throughout the night where following valve patterns are applied (x indicates closed, o indicates open): <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> V1 x x o o x V2 x o x x x V3 o x x o x </pre> At the end of the cleaning sequence, humidty goes to 2-5 ppmv. Normally the software should finish by itself, but it may be ok to terminate it when acceptable humidity levels have been reached (below 10 ppmv). The PDF document with the Picarro vapourizer cleaning manual is available here: [[:File:Vaporizer_Cleaning_Procedure_02-17-10.pdf]] 4c0b6e7bed1339c87f32217c3d54be7e2ed4b892 6 21 227 2019-12-11T12:28:20Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 22 246 2019-12-27T14:41:56Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 23 250 2019-12-27T14:45:38Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 1 251 249 2019-12-27T14:49:19Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Protocols == * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- == Reports == === 2019 === 1. Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, FARLAB report 01-2019, Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] === 2018 === === 2017 === === 2016 === 1. Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, FARLAB report 01-2016, July 2016 [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- == User manuals == * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] b6529d174e7c292214aafad792d7f17384eafb79 254 251 2019-12-27T14:54:11Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === ==== 2019 ==== 4. Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] ==== 2018 ==== ==== 2017 ==== 3. Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] ==== 2016 ==== 2. Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] 1. Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp. [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 8f6a455d31c783e868cd7ddaec0857adf9643592 255 254 2019-12-27T14:54:38Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === 4. Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] 3. Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] 2. Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] 1. Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp. [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 136643d503f590e86f8c3285b185f43160ea4023 256 255 2019-12-27T14:55:04Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === #. Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] 3. Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] 2. Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] 1. Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp. [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] a53a21ec03d3aae52bb9903b8ace4904a4e300f1 257 256 2019-12-27T14:55:29Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === #. Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] #. Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] #. Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] #. Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp. [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 84d600369a4161136226bdb1596d23767d70c7c5 258 257 2019-12-27T14:55:50Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp. [[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] a05e5c4a287d6165eabe8756476ffaea42de96d8 259 258 2019-12-27T14:56:14Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H, Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019) [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 1844810dba7f21d7dd6cfb6b19aa6337f74ee754 261 259 2019-12-27T14:59:17Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', Version 1 (26 December 2019), 6 pp. [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] dbfca07d8a129c70f667d8a1ad006fc11b02d2c3 265 261 2019-12-27T15:05:55Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 90bea30a5b04a57548af646958a43b3515dcb407 267 265 2019-12-27T15:11:25Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 3edd198b85537d3d2fc2b0d29dd522b6d21adeaa 268 267 2019-12-27T20:09:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] a639b9c59fb52d79a1a85d153d1a1a20c7889676 269 268 2019-12-27T20:10:00Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] a6d9d3b5105a2aff4758f3ce46354989dc497c26 285 269 2020-05-19T20:52:35Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 246a31a6b49ec5f93bbcfb243d6209996fd2d5f1 290 285 2020-06-02T09:32:11Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 96a071b207583d439657ccecf427725aac1376ab 291 290 2020-06-03T13:59:42Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 88b543f109a4cad07354504bf36620d2afb8ea70 6 24 252 2019-12-27T14:51:40Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 25 253 2019-12-27T14:52:24Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 26 260 2019-12-27T14:58:45Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 27 262 2019-12-27T15:02:25Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 28 263 2019-12-27T15:03:12Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 29 264 2019-12-27T15:04:52Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 30 266 2019-12-27T15:09:50Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 31 270 2019-12-27T20:12:59Z Hso039 6 Created page with "=== Laboratory standards === - standards calibrated with VSMOV2, SLAP2 - repeated 3 times, 2016, 2017 - new standards in 2019 - storage bottles === Participation in Lab interc..." wikitext text/x-wiki === Laboratory standards === - standards calibrated with VSMOV2, SLAP2 - repeated 3 times, 2016, 2017 - new standards in 2019 - storage bottles === Participation in Lab intercomparison === - results for FARLAB - published results, Leo Wassenaar === Liquid run setup freshwater === - Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: - EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples - DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow - EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples - prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 - pipette and filter the samples - pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) - fill to below neck level - if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 7de37a7906373f88bd3334cc8e2c3f1002fca728 271 270 2019-12-27T20:14:19Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Laboratory standards === * standards calibrated with VSMOV2, SLAP2 * repeated 3 times, 2016, 2017 * new standards in 2019 * storage bottles === Participation in Lab intercomparison === * results for FARLAB * published results, Leo Wassenaar === Liquid run setup freshwater === * Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished d8d9e020997e92a04cc6881476e9646c798e37ed 272 271 2019-12-27T20:14:52Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Liquid run setup freshwater == * Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished b275a44cf32491d9a24e128334413527da1b7f39 273 272 2019-12-27T20:15:27Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 58c168a08b9f8b9ac022f57891003eed8cfd3f32 0 32 274 2019-12-31T14:42:56Z Hso039 6 Created page with "'''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the databas..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 3db1ccdc5ce43af8fb9ed29851a48a2d985b435e 275 274 2019-12-31T14:53:19Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. Table columns: FARLAB ID Customer Component Operator Date in Date out Project Funding Samples Analysis Total Price Billing Sample status Comment '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. Table columns: Date First name Last name Email Comment '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. Table columns: Date First name Last name Email Initials Comment '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. Table columns: Name Price Component Description Comment '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). Table columns: Purchase date FARLAB name Manufacturer Type Serial number Component Weight Size Description Comment '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 7ba1f371cd1b954703e674197d6354b9221d0d4b 276 275 2019-12-31T14:58:20Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" |+Table columns: |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" |+Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" |+Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" |+Table columns: |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" |+Table columns: |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 3b542cf50bd520d2f5b5d05cfa559c4b3cac8e94 277 276 2019-12-31T15:01:24Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" |!Table columns: |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" |!Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" |!Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" |!Table columns: |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" |!Table columns: |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 5340c453a0f62334f42d16f94ce542b6ceaa00d7 278 277 2019-12-31T15:02:23Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns: |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns: |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns: |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" !Table columns: |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 00e992feab233504fc9e2f0a138c62b936810235 279 278 2019-12-31T15:03:15Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''User manual''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 741d153fe37beca4da19cc2086a18761f53ee100 280 279 2019-12-31T15:03:46Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ''General considerations''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 31e4fa5beddf833cf6cbeefdb16f8402573830ec 281 280 2019-12-31T15:03:58Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''General considerations''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 52901a23ddbd526a873de2f8695c3c9ad37632f8 282 281 2019-12-31T15:04:17Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''General considerations''' In general, all changes made in the database take effect immediately. There is no undo button. Some additions can not be deleted. Therefore, use the database with care. In particular, when you are a new user. Clicking on a column header will sort by that column, click again to reverse the order. Some tables can be filtered, the filtering will only hide some rows in the browser display, and will not affect the underlying database. '''Projects - view, add and edit FARLAB projects''' The most common task is to create and edit a FARLAB project. Projects have a unique identifier that carries over to associated samples. The database will set an identifier as the project is created. New projects require that the corresponding customer has been created. In case of a new customer, start adding this information first. Projects belong to one of FARLAB's components. The sample state is used to track when samples are at FARLAB, in processing, or have left FARLAB. Because of the potential dependencies across other tables, projects can not be deleted from the database once they have been created. However, all aspects except the FARLAB ID can be changed freely. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |FARLAB ID |- |Customer |- |Component |- |Operator |- |Date in |- |Date out |- |Project |- |Funding |- |Samples |- |Analysis |- |Total Price |- |Billing |- |Sample status |- |Comment |} '''Customers - view, add and edit instrument users and sample providers''' If projects are carried out for customers outside of FARLAB, or when new people join FARLAB, their details have to be specified in the Customer table, such that they become available as an option in the table Projects. It is possible but not required to enter the customer's address or payment details in the comment field. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Comment |} '''Operators - view, add and edit instrument and database operators''' All projects have an operator specified that takes care of handling the samples, updating the project information and so on. When new people join FARLAB, their details have to be added to the Operators table. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Date |- |First name |- |Last name |- |Email |- |Initials |- |Comment |} '''Analyses - view, add and edit analysis data and pricing''' Samples within a project are assigned a certain analysis. Analyses depend on the sample type, the FARLAB component, and affect which instrument will be used. The chosen analysis is also the basis for estimating and calculating the total cost of a project. In case that new analyses become available, they need to be added in the table Analyses. {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Name |- |Price |- |Component |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Standards - view, add and edit water standards''' The table Standards contains reference information about past and current water isotope standards in use at FARLAB. In addition to local laboratory standards, we collect information about the standards used in other laboratories, for example when laboratory intercomparisons have been made. '''Instruments - view, add and edit instruments''' The Instruments table collects basic information, mainly about field-deployable instrumentation. New instruments have to be added to this table. The instrument information is required for specifying bookings associated with a project (see next table). {| class="wikitable" !Table columns !! Example !! Description |- |Purchase date |- |FARLAB name |- |Manufacturer |- |Type |- |Serial number |- |Component |- |Weight |- |Size |- |Description |- |Comment |} '''Bookings - view, add and edit instrument bookings''' Instruments listed in the instruments table can be booked for some time periods, in association with a project. This can either be for the purpose of sample processing at FARLAB, or for taking the instrument to a field location. The description field should be used to specify the purpose. The Bookings table will give an indication for billing in case of time-based cost calculations. '''Samples - view, add and edit sample lists''' Liquid water samples for a given project should be added to table Samples. It is most efficient to upload a table in the "Accounting" csv format of FLIIMP result files (*,sample_name,farlabid,*,run,*,runfilename), where (*) indicates an ignored column. The project to which samples will belong needs to be created first. The analysis specified in a project will carry over to the imported samples. '''Runs (not yet implemented) - view, add and edit run data''' Liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers produces run files which will be kept in table Runs in a forthcoming version of the FARLAB projects database. '''Results - view, add and edit results data''' Calibrated results of liquid water analysis on the Picarro analyzers with the software FLIIMP are kept in the table Results. It is possible to specify individual records, but most efficient to import the "Calibrated" csv format from FLIIMP, with the columns (*,sample_name,farlabid,--isotope parameters--), where (*) indicates an ignored column. '''Metadata - view, add and edit sample metadata''' Samples in the sample list can be associated with additional data, specified in table Metadata. This information should only be collected for internal or collaboration projects, where FARLAB should have access to sample metadata. The information in tables Samples, Results, and Metadata will in the future provide the basis for a netCDF export functionality directly from the database. 4d12c1601c7e1f513327c052e18adba23593b32b 0 18 283 222 2020-01-28T14:19:16Z Eal068 4 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Enter any data for standards from previous run into EASOTOPE. Check that the values are acceptable before starting a new run. If any issues apparent then contact person in charge of instrument. # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) ''NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie)'' '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! ''Written by Sevasti Modestou 18.11.2019'' 45fe48ab282cf2eab333342597e9c4791d6ae567 6 33 284 2020-05-19T20:51:26Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 34 286 2020-06-02T09:31:35Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 35 287 2020-06-02T09:31:36Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 36 288 2020-06-02T09:31:36Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 37 289 2020-06-02T09:31:36Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 38 292 2020-06-03T14:13:13Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 39 293 2020-06-03T14:13:13Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 40 294 2020-06-03T14:13:29Z Hso039 6 Created page with "[[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|400px]] [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|400px]]" wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|400px]] [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|400px]] 1a9e296d8ff2595466a4fa2d49f3ee6e6e94be5f 295 294 2020-06-03T14:43:26Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' # Result files are generated on Instrument PC # Result files are synced to farlab volume via LAB-IT and backup volume if connected # For each run, liquid injection data are calibrated with the program FLIIMP # The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|400px]] '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|400px]] 72e8379c6d28b582e46a87e99eb5ac75a0fe0a25 296 295 2020-06-03T14:44:01Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|400px]] # Result files are generated on Instrument PC # Result files are synced to farlab volume via LAB-IT and backup volume if connected # For each run, liquid injection data are calibrated with the program FLIIMP # The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|400px]] 75563ebf06675f5efe74c272dce549addda7a769 297 296 2020-06-03T14:44:24Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Result files are generated on Instrument PC # Result files are synced to farlab volume via LAB-IT and backup volume if connected # For each run, liquid injection data are calibrated with the program FLIIMP # The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] 40033abd25f7b3c033bd76356ce851f1ef3a30c8 298 297 2020-06-03T14:45:02Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Result files are generated on Instrument PC # Result files are synced to farlab volume via LAB-IT and backup volume if connected # For each run, liquid injection data are calibrated with the program FLIIMP. The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] 9d4f888bbfef18973e8668a99cebfc1e2d8a40cb 299 298 2020-06-03T14:45:20Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Result files are generated on Instrument PC # Result files are synced to farlab volume via LAB-IT and backup volume if connected # For each run, liquid injection data are calibrated with the program FLIIMP. The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] 4dc5c2b7601d21eab879213fbcc7cc0e0900995c 6 41 300 2020-06-09T12:09:08Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 31 301 273 2020-06-09T12:09:32Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 39e0003c3cb05606fdc92782d353e718f6b19729 313 301 2020-06-09T20:24:03Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' # Contact about sample analysis # Send registration link (https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257) # Approve analysis request (HS, PTM) # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085) # Prefill and rename sample list (water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx) # Send sample list to customer # Receive completed sample list and samples # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Prepare vials (filtering if needed, pipetting, calibration and drift standard) # Run sample analysis on Picarro HKDS2038, HKDS2039 with autosampler: ## Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_run_xx.csv ## Log run details in instrument logfile on Picarro ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished cd8eb2b7656eaa38b82157cc0bae9867f9094bc5 314 313 2020-06-10T07:49:59Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list (water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print sample list and labels # Prepare vials (filtering if needed, pipetting, calibration and drift standard) # Run sample analysis on Picarro HKDS2038, HKDS2039 with autosampler: ## Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_run_xx.csv ## Log run details in instrument logfile on Picarro ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 74785c316b87b290a2088273bee8d451fc5223ed 316 314 2020-06-10T07:52:56Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list (water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print sample list and labels for small vials [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare vials (filtering if needed, pipetting, calibration and drift standard) # Run sample analysis on Picarro HKDS2038, HKDS2039 with autosampler: ## Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_run_xx.csv ## Log run details in instrument logfile on Picarro ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished b852fa40d7481768b4d4272e877a612e667c66d4 318 316 2020-06-10T08:05:41Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === # Run sample analysis on Picarro HKDS2038, HKDS2039 with autosampler: ## Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_run_xx.csv ## Log run details in instrument logfile on Picarro ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished bd5c38d7ca0d7916a7e158b9def54197ddb99923 319 318 2020-06-10T08:15:44Z Hso039 6 /* Running analysis for a batch */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === # Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> # Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ <pre> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 2910b4e7b9b2a804682d03b7b41497bb7f6fd6ff 320 319 2020-06-10T08:17:16Z Hso039 6 /* Running analysis for a batch */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: - Short description of samples, FARLAB project - Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) - Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) - Number of samples - Sample description file name - Coordinator file name - Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. The entire log entry of a run can for example look like this: <pre> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 5c6ba735e07f923e117b88ca6ab6317263a01a34 321 320 2020-06-10T08:18:18Z Hso039 6 /* Running analysis for a batch */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 84634cd688e8aac3b20301950f295a1160bc933c 322 321 2020-06-10T08:19:26Z Hso039 6 /* Running analysis for a batch */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 04a1700c4d9918b0e34ddcd8f51639c2dd284a14 323 322 2020-06-10T08:21:43Z Hso039 6 /* Running analysis for a batch */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). # Include one drift standard with the calibration standards, and one drift standard for every 7-9 samples processed during the run. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 9b220b9ca40cc46f65619966864cd2b92c65fee7 324 323 2020-06-10T08:24:57Z Hso039 6 /* Preparing runs/batches */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''General analysis checklist''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- Overview: cal standards and drift standards, duplicates. Double peak, low memory option, fast option === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence should be EVAP-DI-VATS-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Since the drift standard is measured with 6 effective injections (10 actual), memory effects could again be introduced with the standard and the subsequent sample. Therefore, we duplicate the drift standard vial, and the subsequent sample vial. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. X [[Fig. X: vial setup]] === Steps to start the run === # prepare samples * prepare/label the vials with FARLAB ID (using excel form), number of samples (20) + 2 (duplicates) + 5 (standards) = 27 * pipette and filter the samples * pipette standards (2 cal standards, and 3 vials of drift standards) * fill to below neck level * if cold, reopen unc # prepare sample description # log run details # setup autosampler # start coordinator # start run # during run # as run is finished 12819c7046cd40ac2ea4c3c8c37f14fe7226bb03 325 324 2020-06-10T08:29:35Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] 6d7b29f26bfa64207682e0c292935f977e725982 326 325 2020-06-10T08:32:08Z Hso039 6 /* Preparing runs/batches */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ## Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] 8def2f1bd1d4f23281ddbde8a660697acad697d9 327 326 2020-06-10T08:44:29Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button.   # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop.  '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer.   4.  Close the Coordinator launcher window before you open it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose your coordinator of interest and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window.   5. Return to Autosampler window to run. Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first two to three injections of each vial should be ignored due to memory. Therefore a minimum of six (we use 10-16) injections should be run per vial. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. Make sure the pipette is injecting the septa cap and the injection port in a right position. Bad injections can clog the needle and damage vaporizer septum, which cause incorrect concentration peak.  # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume 6. Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions” (prøvefil). This allows the user to include a description for each vial in the data file output on the coordinator window (Identifier 1 & 2). Make sure the sample description file is saved in the computer. Select the sample description file from your folder, and then click “open”. NB! The file must be in comma separated value (CSV) format. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. From the Coordinate window, you will be able to see the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place.   (“New output fil button” is used to save the data that you see on the coordinator window into a file, and then clear the data from the coordinator window.)   7. At last go to Notepad ++ software at the desktop to log your run and then click "save" to confirm. ## Start run ## Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab ## Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv ## Clean syringe, exhange septum if needed ## Recap/store or discard sample vials ## Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] 5edf9234627d0d74286096cdb45c6cfa5ea063e1 328 327 2020-06-10T08:55:29Z Hso039 6 /* Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button.   # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer.   #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window.   # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] ad48e2bead059e1740669c2f1ec2a2c38fff8774 329 328 2020-06-10T08:56:28Z Hso039 6 /* Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Duplicate samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] f7b8594ad2a9f534a071ded7e2613fdce3324c9a 330 329 2020-06-10T08:57:04Z Hso039 6 /* Duplicate samples and standards */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] eb20017e51a9988b0d105bf97f87f8a301e540ef 331 330 2020-06-10T08:58:25Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[Fig. X: vial setup]] 91edf986af9ddee4003e412ae6e3ab335a86e44b 333 331 2020-06-23T12:48:33Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|400px]][[Fig. X: vial setup]] 02009c8c44169556045ecd5db69aff4fd576ee81 334 333 2020-06-23T12:49:11Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 2. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|400px]] Fig. 2: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run. 492f8b3cc29c9ffda30d858512760c722a1046f2 336 334 2020-06-23T12:50:28Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' === Project preparations === # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' 92b4b7a047923acc95dcf49a7d5ed2a3a8055b53 337 336 2020-06-23T12:51:52Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' 80d00df447eeb3d9a7abb4e92f9050c17b9124be 338 337 2020-06-23T12:53:03Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' 99608ec6653038e215a86a4099de5b5416405d46 341 338 2020-07-01T20:22:32Z Hso039 6 Hso039 moved page [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] to [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' 99608ec6653038e215a86a4099de5b5416405d46 344 341 2020-07-01T20:38:57Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger 7617c8a4819cea3934c57e266dfab2fdca81e503 345 344 2020-07-01T20:46:56Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run.''' === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol on Picarro vapourizer cleaning | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. 58176cbe3b3231282998cbcbf710edd77ce90eaa 348 345 2020-07-01T20:52:35Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is thus: <pre> </pre> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpg|600px]] '''Figure 3: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpg|600px]] '''Figure 4: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' bfbf4e89aef41b25293650e8e7c199793a40c8b4 0 40 302 299 2020-06-09T19:19:16Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on Instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (smb://uib;hso039@felles2.uib.no/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no, at path /Data/gfi/projects/farlab. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the program FLIIMP. The resulting data files, calibration report and settings files are located on the FARLAB volume # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] 83f6e862d4c6a1f3bdbe4cda708410afa991a032 303 302 2020-06-09T19:31:18Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have its associated files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on Instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (smb://uib;hso039@felles2.uib.no/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no, at path /Data/gfi/projects/farlab. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [program FLIIMP|https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the UiB git repository [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp]. # The data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] 8b63c5478878e26d3d6ba9723cbf37da78a6d1d0 304 303 2020-06-09T19:35:05Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have its associated files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on Instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (smb://uib;hso039@felles2.uib.no/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no, at path /Data/gfi/projects/farlab. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration|matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp|FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] fc84bc21fdb9e174bf9f6e599759d391b637222c 305 304 2020-06-09T19:44:15Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have its associated files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (smb://uib;hso039@felles2.uib.no/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no, at path /Data/gfi/projects/farlab. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration|matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp|FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have its associated files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # 87b191760f56385245cb5b211847531150373778 306 305 2020-06-09T20:03:46Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration|matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp|FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script /Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour|matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3, see [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration|user manual]). ed07b81d7e0f6db156d7e50684bcc87c7e7fcaca 307 306 2020-06-09T20:07:58Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration|matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp|FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085|FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script /Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour|matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration|user manual]. # 91381ad20eed5b6f5cf5b07305b6f65fda53041b 308 307 2020-06-09T20:14:05Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 | FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration | matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp | FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 | FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script /Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour | matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration | user manual]. # Calibrated netCDF data files (*.nc) and the calibrations file (*.csv) should be located in the FARLAB project directory, and can from there be shared with clients or used in further processing and analysis. # An optional further step is to fuse data files with the software utility [https://git.app.uib.no/uib-gfi/isofuse | IsoFuse]. IsoFuse provides joint, averaged netCDF data files based on any CF-compatible input data files. In a two stage process, the files to be fused are first scanned for variables and time resolution. In a second step, the files are fused to a common time scale, with optional application of time shifts and scaling/offset. 457b253e3fa745894ca6db6b1fbc66e4ace7e067 309 308 2020-06-09T20:14:42Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration | matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp | FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 | FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script /Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour | matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration | user manual]. # Calibrated netCDF data files (*.nc) and the calibrations file (*.csv) should be located in the FARLAB project directory, and can from there be shared with clients or used in further processing and analysis. # An optional further step is to fuse data files with the software utility [https://git.app.uib.no/uib-gfi/isofuse | IsoFuse]. IsoFuse provides joint, averaged netCDF data files based on any CF-compatible input data files. In a two stage process, the files to be fused are first scanned for variables and time resolution. In a second step, the files are fused to a common time scale, with optional application of time shifts and scaling/offset. 9e089b444084e95195af4f1ddcc64c4c9fb433af 310 309 2020-06-09T20:15:31Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script /Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration user manual]. # Calibrated netCDF data files (*.nc) and the calibrations file (*.csv) should be located in the FARLAB project directory, and can from there be shared with clients or used in further processing and analysis. # An optional further step is to fuse data files with the software utility [https://git.app.uib.no/uib-gfi/isofuse IsoFuse]. IsoFuse provides joint, averaged netCDF data files based on any CF-compatible input data files. In a two stage process, the files to be fused are first scanned for variables and time resolution. In a second step, the files are fused to a common time scale, with optional application of time shifts and scaling/offset. 6bb8dbf61eb213f7df1319f9bc86981b18189a3e 311 310 2020-06-09T20:19:26Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme <code>farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI><\code> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (<code>felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab<\code>). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on <code>leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData<\code>. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme <code>farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI><\code> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder <code>C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive<\code>. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (<code>felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab<\code>). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on <code>leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User<\code>. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh<\code> as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration user manual]. # Calibrated netCDF data files (*.nc) and the calibrations file (*.csv) should be located in the FARLAB project directory, and can from there be shared with clients or used in further processing and analysis. # An optional further step is to fuse data files with the software utility [https://git.app.uib.no/uib-gfi/isofuse IsoFuse]. IsoFuse provides joint, averaged netCDF data files based on any CF-compatible input data files. In a two stage process, the files to be fused are first scanned for variables and time resolution. In a second step, the files are fused to a common time scale, with optional application of time shifts and scaling/offset. See the metdata campaigns and scripts folder for examples. 6de78f0007ccdcc504ad75e376b6d0d3bf613381 312 311 2020-06-09T20:20:49Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki This data management plan comprises the generation, processing and storage of data files from liquid and vapour isotope measurements with Picarro instruments at FARLAB. '''1. Data flow for Liquid water isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.002.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme <code>farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI></code> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Injection result files (*.csv format) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\IsotopeData # Injection result files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (<code>felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab</code>). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to the farlab volume, mounted on <code>leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/IsotopeData</code>. # For each run, liquid injection data have to be calibrated manually with the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FLIIMP_software_for_liquid_sample_water_isotope_calibration matlab program FLIIMP]. FLIIMP (currently in version 1.3) is shared on the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/fliimp FARLAB UiB git repository]. # All the data files resulting from FLIIMP calibration, contained in a folder created by FLIIMP, and including the accouting, standards, results, and all file (*.csv format), the calibration report (*.html format), images (*.png) and settings files for each run (*.mat) should be located on the FARLAB volume in the respective projects folder. # The processed samples are imported to the FARLAB database either manually using the Samples and Results import link, or with the corresponding upload link in the FLIIMP (forthcoming V1.4). ---- '''Data flow for Water vapour isotope measurements''' [[File:FARLAB_routines.001.png|600px]] # Each project registered in the [http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085 FARLAB projects data base] will have the associated processed files located in a subfolder on the FARLAB volume according to the naming scheme <code>farlab/Projects/<YYYY>/<YYYY-ID-PI></code> where YYYY is the year the project was registered, ID is the FARLAB project ID assigned by the FARLAB project data base, and PI is a two-letter code indicating the handling FARLAB member. # Vapour isotope result files (*.dat format, text-based) are generated on the instrument PC and stored in folder C:\Picarro\DataLog_User. # A compression routine (compress_dat.py) continuously bzip2-compresses the hourly *.dat files (*.dat.bz2 files) and copies them to the subfolder <code>C:\Picarro\IsotopeData\DataLog_Archive</code>. In addition, the contents of directory DataLog_User is continuously copied to the backup drive, if attached. # Compressed dat files are synced routinely every ca. 10 min to a backup volume from LAB-IT (<code>felles2.uib.no:/LABIT1/labit_geo_farlab</code>). A script routinely synchonizes the data files to Instrument subfolderds on the farlab volume, mounted on <code>leo.hpc.uib.no:/Data/gfi/projects/farlab/Instruments/<serial_number>/DataLog_User</code>. # Text-based, compressed data files (*.dat.bz2) are converted to nc4 compressed netCDF format without correction or calibration (raw netCDF files, *_raw.nc). Conversion runs automatically from script <code>/Data/gfi/scratch/metdata/scripts/FARLAB/convert_FARLAB_raw_daily.sh</code> as cron job, which call the generic conversion routine convert_L21xxi2nc.sh. # Raw netCDF files are calibrated and processed (corrected, averaged) with the [https://git.app.uib.no/farlab-codes/farlab_vapour matlab software FaVaCal] (current version 1.3). Processing is commonly done for up to 1-2 months in a row. There are different options to provide calibration information, from SDM use, manual injections, or as pre-specified file, as described in the [https://wiki.uib.no/farlabprotocols/index.php/User_manual_for_FaVaCal_software_for_water_vapor_isotope_calibration user manual]. # Calibrated netCDF data files (*.nc) and the calibrations file (*.csv) should be located in the FARLAB project directory, and can from there be shared with clients or used in further processing and analysis. # An optional further step is to fuse data files with the software utility [https://git.app.uib.no/uib-gfi/isofuse IsoFuse]. IsoFuse provides joint, averaged netCDF data files based on any CF-compatible input data files. In a two stage process, the files to be fused are first scanned for variables and time resolution. In a second step, the files are fused to a common time scale, with optional application of time shifts and scaling/offset. See the metdata campaigns and scripts folder for examples. 7c687541dfb612bf1bb6b1e6a3f328ba442f1b63 6 42 315 2020-06-10T07:51:36Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 43 317 2020-06-10T07:54:04Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 44 332 2020-06-23T12:48:20Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 45 335 2020-06-23T12:49:34Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 1 339 291 2020-06-23T12:53:37Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 380c90bb2bebe5e0c7abca7f242e04f41842b92d 340 339 2020-07-01T20:21:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] 9a5c24beedfeb6ce6be537a1330743dfbc04fd7a 343 340 2020-07-01T20:23:07Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] c3dbb75ee4556576b3d42fdd30c3630dc53c5f43 0 46 342 2020-07-01T20:22:32Z Hso039 6 Hso039 moved page [[Protocol for freshwater stable isotope analysis]] to [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] 931c34b5f9f05628e1a5a214e20668326595218f 6 47 346 2020-07-01T20:51:40Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 48 347 2020-07-01T20:51:41Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 49 349 2020-07-01T20:59:37Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 50 350 2020-07-01T20:59:37Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 31 351 348 2020-07-01T21:02:07Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|600px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|400px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' ---- === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. ---- === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' ---- === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' 163725a7359b396fd81fc51d188d387104b127f6 352 351 2020-07-01T21:03:22Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' ---- === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. ---- === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' ---- === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' 8610e448710c4932e470f0294deccfeebe4454e5 353 352 2020-07-01T21:05:49Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' === Project preparations === The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. === Sample handling === # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] === Preparing runs/batches === # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. ---- === Running analysis for a batch === ==== Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv ==== The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ==== Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++ ==== Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ---- === Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039 === # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' ---- === Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs === # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples ---- === Choosing the range of standards === Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. ---- === Memory from samples and standards === Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' ---- === Special treatment for saltwater samples === Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' dd88a8b87b5e22db91fc306124643466d6d683b9 354 353 2020-07-01T21:09:34Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' '''Project preparations''' The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. '''Sample handling''' # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] '''Preparing runs/batches''' # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. ---- '''Running analysis for a batch''' ''1. Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv'' The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ''2. Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++'' Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ---- '''Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039''' # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' ---- '''Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs''' # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples '''Choosing the range of standards''' Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. ---- '''Memory from samples and standards''' Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' ---- '''Special treatment for saltwater samples''' Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' 07e0e71d264327a76b8d11cc9fc0f1c813ac6fec 355 354 2020-07-01T21:13:16Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' <p> ---- '''Project preparations''' The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. <p> '''Sample handling''' # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] <p> '''Preparing runs/batches''' # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. <p> ---- '''Running analysis for a batch''' ''1. Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv'' <p> The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <blockquote style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </blockquote> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ''2. Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++'' <p> Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <blockquote style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </blockquote> ---- '''Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039''' <p> # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' <p> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' <p> ---- '''Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs''' # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples <p> '''Choosing the range of standards''' <p> Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. <p> ---- '''Memory from samples and standards''' <p> Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' <p> ---- '''Special treatment for saltwater samples''' <p> Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' d2581c96fd26ba9ab0e0318e471fdb09f5b0f112 356 355 2020-07-01T21:15:09Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' <br> ---- '''Project preparations''' The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. <p> '''Sample handling''' # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] <p> '''Preparing runs/batches''' # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. <p> ---- '''Running analysis for a batch''' ''1. Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv'' <p> The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ''2. Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++'' <p> Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <blockquote style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </blockquote> ---- '''Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039''' <p> # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' <p> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' <p> ---- '''Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs''' # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples <p> '''Choosing the range of standards''' <p> Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. <p> ---- '''Memory from samples and standards''' <p> Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' <p> ---- '''Special treatment for saltwater samples''' <p> Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' c7fdb54f97a0f12df601391c999228f800f77b8d 357 356 2020-07-01T21:17:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' <br> ---- '''Project preparations''' The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. <br> '''Sample handling''' # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] <br> '''Preparing runs/batches''' # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. <br> ---- '''Running analysis for a batch''' ''1. Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv'' <br> The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ''2. Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++'' <br> Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ---- '''Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039''' <br> # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (20 injections), acetone (20 injections), ethanol (20 injections) and at last distilled water again. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe. This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' <br> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' <br> ---- '''Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs''' # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples <br> '''Choosing the range of standards''' <br> Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. <br> ---- '''Memory from samples and standards''' <br> Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' <br> ---- '''Special treatment for saltwater samples''' <br> Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' bcc4b9659cd70bf1e40d0eb34a9e0814243ea37a 358 357 2020-07-01T21:19:46Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:water_prep_arrangement.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 1: Typical layout of workspace during the preparation of a run with sample list, labels, sample vials, GC vials, pipette tips, pipette, sample tray, and waste area (from left to right).''' <br> ---- '''Project preparations''' The entire workflow during analysis of a set of samples is shown as a workflow diagram in Fig. 2. Each step is detailed further below. [[File:FARLAB_routines.003.png|600px]] '''Figure 2: Summary of workflow during liquid sample analysis''' # Customer contacts FARLAB member with a price inquiry, measurement capability. # The customer fills out the [https://skjemaker.app.uib.no/view.php?id=5180257 registration form] to provide contact and sample information. # For water isotope analyses, HS or PTM approve the analysis request, # Register project in FARLAB database (http://echo.geo.uib.no:8085), # Prefill and rename sample list ([[:File:water_isotopes_sample_list_template.xlsx.zip]]) and send it to the customer. <br> '''Sample handling''' # Receive completed sample list and samples from customer # Label samples with name of customer and FARLAB project ID, and place in fridge # Include FARLAB IDs in sample list and check provided information # Print out sample list. # Print labels for small vials using Excel form: [[:File:Mal merkelapper_xxxx-xx-HS.xlsx.zip]] <br> '''Preparing runs/batches''' # Prepare sample containers and corresponding labelled 1.5 mL GC vials (see Fig. 1) such that chances for mix-up are minimised # When samples do not need to be filtered, use 1000 uL pipette to transfer 1ml of water to the GC vial. Change pipette after each sample. For clean samples (snow) it can be acceptable to reuse tips after complete drying. Vials should be filled at max below neck level. Tighten vial caps only slightly to prevent damage of the septum. # When filtering of samples is required (groundwater, runoff, visible contaminations), use a syringe to pull liquid, place single-use Nylon filter on syringe tip, and transfer water to vial through the filter. Discard filter after use. # The typical number of samples in a batch is between 20 and up to 40. # Include two calibration standards and one drift standard in each run. One vial of the drift will be with the calibration standards, and an additional one for every 7-9 samples included in the run. # Prepare standards from bottles in FARLAB fridge with 0.5 to 1.0 mL of standard. The range of standards depends on the samples. A too close proximity of the standards will give more uncertainty during calibration. The drift standard should be either DI2 (precipitation, runoff) or BERM (sea water analysis). Turn shake glass bottles with standards lightly to mix in any condensate on the bottle walls before pipetting. After each use, consider to refill bottles to marking from standard water tanks in the gas room, using the nozzle on each tank. # After vials have warmed to room temperature (15 min), briefly open the cap to allow for pressure equilibration in the vial. This prevents humidity variations during injections. <br> ---- '''Running analysis for a batch''' ''1. Create sample_description_<FARLAB_ID>_sample_description_runxx.csv'' <br> The sample description is a simple text file in csv format with columns indicated below, and using comma for separation. It is most convenient to create such files with OpenOffice and to export as csv. The first indicator is the name of the sample provided by the customer, indicator2 is the FARLAB ID. In case of standards, the name is the name of the lab standard, and the indicator is composed of standard_<date of filling vial>. This allows to control the reuse of vials. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> tray, vial, indicator1, indicator2 1,1, GLW, standard_20200201 1,2, DI2, standard_20200201 1,3, EVAP2, standard_20200201 1,4, RTG_01, 2020-01-HS-001 1,5, RTG_02, 2020-01-HS-002 </pre> The sample description is loaded with the coordinator button "load sample description" at any time during the run (see below). ''2. Log run details in instrument logfile (Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2038/9.txt) using Notepad++'' <br> Each analyzer has an electronic log file that is placed in the directory C:\IsotopeData. The name of the file starts with the instrument type, serial number and ends in "log", for example Picarro-L2140i-HKDS2039-log.txt Every new log entry starts with information of date (YYYY-MM-DD) and a two-letter identifier of the author in brackets, followed by the time of the entry in UTC time. When several significant entries are made on the same day with a time gap in-between, only the time needs to be stated. For example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro"> 2019-02-01 (HS) 12:00 UTC </pre> Upon preparation and starting of a run, the following details are noted: * Short description of samples, FARLAB project * Job method (FARLAB_freshwater/saltwater with sample volume, rinses) * Mode (High prec double wet peak, 17O, High throughput,...) * Number of samples * Sample description file name * Coordinator file name * Sequence of samples. This is a summary listing the sequence of samples and standards in which they are sampled. This sequence can be complete, but can also be limited to providing information on the number of injections for standards, and a bulk sequence (e.g. 10 injection for vial 4 - 20, 16 injections for vial 3,2,1) Upon completion of the run, the result (success/failure) and possible comments should be noted. Comments include change of septum, cleaning and change of syringe, and other relevant notes. Example: <pre style="background-color: Gainsboro; border: solid thin grey;"> 31.08.2018 (HS) running samples for 2818-21 Poo the Bear Job method: FARLAB_freshwater_1dot80 (sample volume 1.8 uL, 3 pre rinse only between vials, 1 fill stroke) Mode: High Prec double wet peak Filename: HKDS2038_IsoWater_20180831_095233.csv Number of samples: 20 vials Sample description file: PTM/2018_21_Poo_180828_21-40.csv Filename: HKDS2039_IsoWater_20180621_112436.csv Sequence: DI(23.05.18),SEAII,EVAP ,Sea old(11.09.17), 2018-21-001,002,003,004,005 Sea old 006,007,008,009,010 Sea old 011,012,013,014.015 Sea old 016,017,018,019,020 DI,SEAII,EVAP,Sea old </pre> ---- '''Run a batch on HKDS2038/HKDS2039''' <br> # Place GC sample vials with injecta port septa caps in the same order as in the sample description file at the Picarro tray. The standard must be run one after another at the beginning of each batch to enable FLIIMP to correct for the drift of the known standard. # Manually clean, or exchange a new syringe before analyzing a new batch. Syringes are expensive and they should only be discarded when they stop working despite cleaning. For cleaning the syringe, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the autosampler window and press "Change syringe." ## If not, start the "Autosample training" software, press "Training", and then "Exchange syringe". The advantage of this method is that the zero position of the plunger can be adjusted after inserting the syringe. ## Clean the syringe first with distilled water (10-20 injections), ethanol (10-20 injections) and at last distilled water again. '''We no longer use Acetone for cleaning. Be careful NOT to pull out the plunger aggressively of the syringe.''' This can cause the plunger to crumple. At the end spin the plunger with your fingers. After that, the plunger should move smoothly through the barrel.  ## Carefully re-insert the syringe into the autosampler by manually depress the metal block holding the syringe. Then click on “swap on” if you have pressed the change syringe button. # Replace the port septum after each 300-500 injections. A leaky septum will lead to degradation of the stable part of the injection (marked in red in the analyzer software) since it becomes difficult to maintain the vacuum inside the vaporizer. On the saltwater Picarro, salt may accumulates below the port septum and can be removed manually (see below). For exchanging the septum, follow these steps: ## If autosampler is running, go to the Coordinator window and press "Change septum". This will pause the Autosampler and the vaporizer in the middle of the analysis at the next possible opportunity. ## Otherwise, remove the protective metal cover around the injection port by hand or with the tool around it. '''Do not use a wrench to unscrew the port. WARNING! THE BOTTOM OF THE CAP IS VERY HOT.''' ## Take out the septum that usually sticks to the port with a tweezers. Insert the new septum (blue one) into the cap and screw the cap back onto the port by hand until it comes to a hard stop. '''CAUTION! DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN AND DO NOT USE A WRENCH.''' ## Replace the metal cover around the injection port. If you used the change septum button, click the “Septum Changed” button to restart the analyzer. #  Close the Coordinator launcher window before opening it again by double-click the icon labeled “Coordinator launcher” at the desktop. Choose the coordinator (High precision double wet peak) and then press launch. Wait until the lower part of the window signalize that the vaporizer is cleaned. Once launched, the coordinator will automatically start collecting data. The data will be available in the graphical user interface (GUI) as pulses in the CRDS data viewer window. # Return to Autosampler window, setup and then start the run by pressing button "Start". Control the boxes in "job queue" or set parameters for your analysis. The first four injections of each vial are used for memory removal with the wet flush method. The three standards at the beginning are run with 16 injections, and all remaining samples are run with 10 injections. In the Coordinator, this will result in 12 visible injections for the standards, and 6 visible injections for each sample. To enable memory correction from the standard vials, at the start of each run there must be 5-6 injections from a different standard (typically the one in vial #3) to prime the vapourizer with some memory. The number of injections is set using the Autosampler controller. Each injection cycle takes about 9 min. An example for the Autosampler setting is shown below: [[File:Autosampler_setup.png|400px]] '''Figure 3: Example of a setup of the autosampler window for a freshwater run. Note the priming of the run at the beginning with 6 injections from vial #3.''' <br> # Test injection peaks 3x and adjust syringe volume # Return to Coordinator window to load the sample description file by clicking on “load sample descriptions”. It is allowed to load the sample description files at any time during the data collection. # In the Coordinator window, one can monitor the results from the sample analysis, see the current status of your analyzer and load sample descriptions. In the upper portion of the window each row represents the analysis results from a single injection. The lower portion of the window displays the action that is currently taking place. # Monitor run from Remote Desktop/lab # Check for humidity variations outside 15’000-25’000 ppmv [[File:Picarro_injections.png|600px]] '''Figure 4: Example for a successful sequence of regular injections at about 20'000 ppmv followed by the two peaks from double peak wet flushes at the beginning of the next sample vial.''' <br> ---- '''Finalizing the analysis after each and after all runs''' # Recap/store or discard sample vials # Update sample list # Calibrate runs with FLIIMP # Upload sample results to FARLAB database # Repack and return/archive/discard samples <br> '''Choosing the range of standards''' <br> Depending on the known or expected range of the samples, the calibration standards need to be chosen. The calibration standards should bracket the range of samples as close as possible. If the samples are processed in several batches from different sources (groundwater/snow/rain), the calibration standards may be adjusted for each run. Typical combinations are: * EVAP/VATS for mid-latitude precipitation samples * DI/GSM1 or DI/VATS for snow * EVAP/VATS for lake or stream water DI2 or SEAII should always be included as the long-term drift standard of the laboratory. The sequence of the standards should be such that the jump to the first sample is minimised. For example, when measuring snow samples, the sequence would be EVAP2-DI2-GLW-Sample1 etc. <br> ---- '''Memory from samples and standards''' <br> Memory is a challenge for all liquid measurements. Standards are measured with 12 injections, with 2 preceeding double-peak wet flushes, requiring in total 16 injections. Samples in contrast are commonly run with 6 effective injections, i.e. 10 injections with a double-peak wet flush. The isotope composition between the samples of one run typically varies less than the jump from the last standard and the first sample. Therefore, sample 1 is duplicated in the run, and discarded in the analysis. The drift standard is introduced after 10 samples in the run sequence, and measured as if it were a sample. Memory correction routines in FLIIMP will minimize memory from previous injections, and thus no duplication of sample vials is required. The resulting setup of the run is shown in Fig. 3. [[File:FARLAB_routines.004.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 5: Vial setup for a typical freshwater run, using wide range of standards (EVAP2, GLW) and drift standard near sample isotope value (DI2).''' <br> ---- '''Special treatment for saltwater samples''' <br> Repeated measurement of samples containing dissolved salts (sea water, brine, etc.) will lead to increased syringe wear and buildup of salt in the vapourizer. Salt buildup can increase memory and clog valves and filters over time. It is therefore important to prevent salt from entering the vapourizer by adding a salt mesh in the vapourizer septum port, and to add wash cycles in the autosampler setup. In detail, important differences to regular freshwater run are: * Add salt mesh with O-ring (custom made) before adding a septum. * Inspect, exchange and clean salt mesh regularly (after 2-3 batches of samples). * Inspect and clean septum bottom from salt buildup using DI water (every 2-3 batches of samples). * Cleaning of salt mesh is done by immersing used meshes in a beaker filled with DI water in the ultrasonic bath for some minutes. * Autosampler setup includes additional washing routines after every 5-7 samples (method FARLAB_wash) * Final step in autosampler setup is large number of wash cycles (20) with method FARLAB_wash to prevent syringe from corroding after run * Clean syringe after each run manually, using a small amount of 'special grease' on the plunger * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer | Clean vapourizer ]] at regular intervals or after a substantial number of saltwater samples. [[File:FARLAB_routines.005.jpeg|600px]] '''Figure 6: Vial setup for a typical saltwater run, using narrower range of standards (EVAP2, DI2) and drift standard near sample isotope value (BERM).''' 887792ea14562af39e70cc13baa8070acdb5b705 6 51 359 2020-07-01T21:22:05Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 52 360 2020-07-01T21:22:06Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 53 361 2020-07-01T21:22:09Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 6 54 362 2020-07-01T21:22:10Z Hso039 6 File uploaded with MsUpload wikitext text/x-wiki File uploaded with MsUpload a655f04485ff507c02499d137d22a0d3e0ea32c2 0 1 363 343 2020-07-01T21:23:26Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] === Picarro user manuals === [[File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] [[File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] [[File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] [[File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] f1b0fe36e95c9ec75ff2f04be8b68cf7800dfc4e 364 363 2020-07-01T21:23:57Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] === Picarro user manuals === [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] [[File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] [[File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] [[File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] 079f7d7a5b352d569e7b515cb243eef9dc6d01d3 365 364 2020-07-01T21:25:28Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === User manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] === Picarro user manuals === [[File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] [[File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] [[File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] [[File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] 8d23e574d21d741a97ea62c121dbd819633f9067 366 365 2020-07-01T21:28:02Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] 98f649ce426e286238360e832e401807beccefd9 367 366 2020-07-01T21:29:19Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === Picarro Installation: [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] Picarro Operation: [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] Picarro Autosampler: [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] Picarro SDM: [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] 418f43e1c19fa7563437b7da335c391bcfea73da 368 367 2020-07-01T21:30:33Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === * Picarro Installation: [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] * Picarro Operation: [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] * Picarro Autosampler: [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] * Picarro SDM: [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] 2b5ad9432e2f1a0cc6a97c509ec2f4d0043c9059 369 368 2020-09-01T14:03:37Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === * Picarro Installation: [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] * Picarro Operation: [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] * Picarro Autosampler: [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] * Picarro SDM: [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] bd694ac56d69421cc4823d89801c8e98e24abc14 376 369 2022-07-20T18:07:57Z Hso039 6 /* Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Calibration of laboratory standards at FARLAB, '''FARLAB report 01-2022''', 20 July 2022, 8 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_calibrations_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. [[:File:drops_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === * Picarro Installation: [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] * Picarro Operation: [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] * Picarro Autosampler: [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] * Picarro SDM: [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] bbf258e06bbe4e1d47e95e93f8ac4e45c004500e 378 376 2022-09-07T10:38:44Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki === Protocols === * [[Protocol for Analysis of DIC samples]] * [[CTD water sampling for &delta;13C of DIC in seawater]] * [[Protocol for stable isotope analysis on MAT253]] * [[Protocol for clumped isotopes - weighing and running measurements]] * [[Protocol for handling pressurized gas cylinders]] * [[Protocol for handling liquid nitrogen tanks]] * [[Protocol for freshwater and saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for saltwater stable isotope analysis on Picarro]] * [[Protocol for 17-O mode analysis on Picarro L2140-i]] * [[Protocol for cleaning of Picarro Vapourizer]] * [[Data management plan for liquid and vapour isotope measurements]] ---- === Instrument Logs === # HKDS2038 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Freshwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2038''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2038.pdf]] # HKDS2039 Picarro L2140-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Saltwater Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HKDS2039''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HKDS2039.pdf]] # HIDS2254 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (Vapour Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2254''', 02 June 2020, 9 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2254.pdf]] # HIDS2380 Picarro L2130-i water vapour isotope analyzer (ISLAS Picarro), '''FARLAB instrument log HIDS2380''', 02 June 2020, 6 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_Instrument_Log_HIDS2380.pdf]] ---- === Reports === # Sodemann, H.: Calibration of laboratory standards at FARLAB, '''FARLAB report 01-2022''', 20 July 2022, 8 pp. Version 1: [[:File:FARLAB_calibrations_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 01-2020''', 19 May 2020, 9 pp. Version 2: [[:File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V2.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Microdrop calibration of Picarro analyzer HIDS2380 for carrier gas N2 and synthetic air and three laboratory standards, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 26 December 2019, 6 pp. Version 1: [[File:microdrop_cal_report_HIDS2380_V1.pdf]] # Sodemann, H.: Specification calculations for Microdrop humidity generator, '''FARLAB report 02-2019''', 19 July 2019, 5 pp. (unpublished) # Sodemann, H.: Inlet design for water vapour isotopologue measurements, '''FARLAB report 01-2019''', 22 January 2019, 2pp. [[:File:FARLAB_inlet_design.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 01-2018''', 15 May 2018, 4 pp. [[:File:calibration_HIDS2254.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2130-i (HIDS2254), '''FARLAB report 03-2017''', 4 July 2017 (Version 2), 7 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2039_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Instrument calibration of Picarro L2140-i (HKDS2038), '''FARLAB report 02-2017''', 19 April 2017 (Version 2), 3 pp. [[:File:calibration_HKDS2038_version2.pdf]] # Weng, Y.: Report on FARLAB lab standards calibration (201705), '''FARLAB report 01-2017''', May 2017, 5 pp. [[:File:FARLAB_standards_calibration_201705.pdf]] # Weng, Y. and H. Sodemann: Report on memory tests during liquid injections, '''FARLAB report 02-2016''', August 2016, 17pp. [[:File:Report on memory tests during liquid injections.pdf]] # Weng, Y., P. T. Mørkved, P. Graf, and H. Sodemann: Report on FARLAB laboratory standard calibration, '''FARLAB report 01-2016''', July 2016, 6 pp.[[:File:water_standards.pdf]] ---- === FARLAB user manuals === * [[User manual for FLIIMP software for liquid sample water isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FaVaCal software for water vapor isotope calibration]] * [[User manual for FARLAB orders and sample database]] ---- === Instrument user manuals === * Picarro Installation: [[:File:INSTALLATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i Analyzer and Peripherals 40034 Rev C 08-05-13.pdf]] * Picarro Operation: [[:File:OPERATION L2140-i, L2130-i or L2120-i40035 Rev B 08-20-13.pdf]] * Picarro Autosampler: [[:File:Picarro Autosampler User's Manual rev 8-7-2012.pdf]] * Picarro SDM: [[:File:Manual A0101 Standards Delivery Module.pdf]] ca9cdd5cd337d057b2376d4d37b338cb98873787 0 55 370 2020-09-01T14:09:09Z Hso039 6 Created page with "'''Liquid run setup salt water''' '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift - DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration - Prepare once in inset vials before a set of runs..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Liquid run setup salt water''' '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift - DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration - Prepare once in inset vials before a set of runs '''2. Run setup''' - Order DI2, BERM, EVAP2 - Blocks of 8 samples - BERM drift standard - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt) - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file) - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file) '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume 943f2313955bd9dc42c31036b063848e7900c9e5 371 370 2020-09-01T14:10:00Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Liquid run setup salt water=== '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift - DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration - Prepare once in inset vials before a set of runs '''2. Run setup''' - Order DI2, BERM, EVAP2 - Blocks of 8 samples - BERM drift standard - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt) - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file) - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file) '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume bb322bd088a6125dd17cecd160afdfb7a6c0feee 372 371 2020-09-01T14:11:29Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Liquid run setup salt water=== '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift - Use DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration - Prepare once for a whole set of runs, using inset vials (300 uL) '''2. Run setup''' - Sequence from DI2 to BERM to EVAP2 - Define blocks of 8 samples - Insert BERM as drift standard after 8 samples - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt) - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file) - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file) '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume 3e3a8f718926d7ea4126a5c461104523dabb2057 373 372 2020-09-01T14:13:31Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Liquid run setup salt water=== '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift<br> - Use DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration<br> - Prepare once for a whole set of runs, using inset vials (300 uL) '''2. Run setup''' - Sequence from DI2 to BERM to EVAP2<br> - Define blocks of 8 samples<br> - Insert BERM as drift standard after 8 samples<br> - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots<br> - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt)<br> - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection<br> '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file)<br> - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file) '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa<br> - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection<br> - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume 74bce4740e8528f02918a211478726c400f164e5 374 373 2020-09-01T14:13:58Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Liquid run setup salt water=== '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift<br> - Use DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration<br> - Prepare once for a whole set of runs, using inset vials (300 uL) <br> '''2. Run setup''' - Sequence from DI2 to BERM to EVAP2<br> - Define blocks of 8 samples<br> - Insert BERM as drift standard after 8 samples<br> - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots<br> - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples <br> '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt)<br> - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection<br> <br> '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file)<br> - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file) <br> '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine <br> '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa<br> - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection<br> - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume 913853ebfdf6007b9ad66aba2ff4aeb94b34a91c 375 374 2020-09-01T14:14:50Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Liquid run setup salt water=== '''1. Prepare standards''' - Use BERM for drift<br> - Use DI2 and EVAP2 for sample calibration<br> - Prepare once for a whole set of runs, using inset vials (300 uL)<br> <br> '''2. Run setup''' - Sequence from DI2 to BERM to EVAP2<br> - Define blocks of 8 samples<br> - Insert BERM as drift standard after 8 samples<br> - Repeat 3x for total 24 samples, with 2 drift samples in between, takes up 29 spots<br> - Rinse syringe with extra sample in position #43, after 10 samples<br> <br> '''3. Select method''' - Single wet peak, requires 2 extra injections, peak goes to waste (salt)<br> - FARLAB_Rinse_2, strokes, small injection<br> <br> '''4. Number of Injections''' - Standards: 14 injections (12 in data file)<br> - Samples: 8 injections (6 in data file)<br> <br> '''5. Rinsing method''' - 5 injections, results in one small injection of rinse sample due to single wet peak routine<br> <br> '''6. Equipment cleaning''' - Salt mesh exchanged after 24 samples, clean in ultrasonic bath, dry in glass oven, keep with septa<br> - Septum washed after each run, exchanged if needed after inspection<br> - Syringe washing in DI before and after run, repeated strokes until flow is smooth, moving plunger up and down over whole volume<br> 7e8303c3633484a00f7833631799d20d5f346cdd 6 56 377 2022-07-20T18:08:25Z Hso039 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 7 379 160 2023-01-19T12:01:58Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 247ccac5e0bd9ce2a336e4e6c2ac6dc80c9a5a5f 380 379 2023-01-19T12:03:55Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit https://chemicalsafety.ecoonline.com/#/locations/11532995/products?search-products=%7B%22limit%22%3A20%2C%22facets%22%3A%22%5B%5C%22history%3A0%5C%22%5D%22%7D </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 f7cf3be6067e0d6b509d15632f50d4d15a7cfda5 381 380 2023-01-19T12:05:08Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit https://chemicalsafety.ecoonline.com '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 25a366e57f0c883705ad2051586b335c62a5e907 382 381 2023-01-19T12:09:55Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 ad3b691b35cb1e71864387e4e812f8521e52cbc5 383 382 2023-01-19T12:11:37Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 402352325bbd8f39bd3cbc4f0d9ade916615848f 384 383 2023-01-19T12:12:15Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline <blockquote style="background-color:white '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 0a5df1c998ab1589ee3724e2661b0e7be6aca84a 385 384 2023-01-19T12:12:39Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline <blockquote style="background-color '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 30f359edcebce068d344f7315c454b7690fedfe3 390 385 2023-01-19T12:23:48Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline <blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 1dc0a8df6e1b4b4eff9bfa6c33a84d690cbd445e 391 390 2023-01-19T12:24:38Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at MAT253 via Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open). Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Figure 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Figure 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook #* Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. #* Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. #* Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: #* Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device #* Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. #* Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure 2). #* Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. #* Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] # Clean the acid valves (Figure 3): #* Carefully clean the lower part of the acid pump with rolled kim wips: #* The inner part of the acid dispenser #* The acid dropper capillaries #* The acid drop counter springs. '''OBS! Do not change the position of the acid drop counter springs.''' #* The black O-ring seals with your fingertips to facilitate the formation of vacuum. [[File:kielIV oven.jpg | center | frame | Figure 3: Labeled components in the Kiel device/oven: 1= magazine, 2= pistons, 3= O-ring seal (line 1), 4= acid drop counter springs (line 2), 5= acid dropper capillary (line 2), 6= acid pump, 7= Kiel vial, 8= concentrated phosphoric acid reservoir]] # Change vials in the magazine # Close the oven-door. It takes at least 15 minutes until the vials reach oven temperature although the oven shows the correct temperature. #* Double-check if measured vials contain acid before putting them in a plastic beaker. Make a note of the vial position if a vial contains unreacted sample material. #* Place new vials in the magazine. OBS! Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty as they are not used for sample measurement. Always make sure you have vials in position 1/1, 1/2, 2/1 and 2/2 when you (re)start a run. # Insert the magazine in the Kiel Device #* Make sure that the two holes of the cover plate are located right above position 2/1 and 1/1. #* Insert the magazine in the right position in the Kiel oven with the position 1/1 and 1/2 towards you. #* Make sure that vial 2/1 and 1/1 are located right above the two pistons. #* Close the oven-door properly. # Prepare to start the measurement. Kiel IV carbonate window: Click on '''Load magazine''' on the right-click menu (Figure 1). Confirm pop-up window (magazine loaded) with '''OK'''. # Write down your sequence. Click on '''File browser''' panel and go to sequence bar. #* Select right sequence and type down the information (Weight, sample ID in identifier 1, type of material in identifier 2, project no in comment field). #* Check the method (carbonate.met) and refill time (RR). Log RR #* Control ref. refill (Mark the first sample and for every 5th sample) #* Peak center should be mark on every 10^th sample # Check level indicator of liquid nitrogen refill device and if the red manual valve/ handle is open. One full run needs at least 50 L liquid nitrogen. # Check if the Dewar is icy # Before running you should log: #* Log the VM1 and VM2 value in the Kiel IV carbonate window. The vacuum VM1 should be around 100 &micro;Bar (in absence of gas in the system), while vacuum VM2 should be as low as 10^-3 mBar. #* Box and trap value (mA) (Visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, Figure 1) # Check if the temperature of the Kiel oven is stable at 70 °C &plusmn; 0,1 and the Kiel IV window (&sim;73°C). # Double-check if all required information is recorded in the logbook. # Start the run in acquisition window #* Select all the sample to run #* Press '''Start''' #* Update the week and date, as well as the export filename. #* Confirm '''OK''' # Make sure there is enough paper in the printer # Put the old vials containing acid into a water bath. Leave the water running for a little while to make sure most of the acid is washed away, and remove bubbles in vials by carefully stir with a glass stirrer or using gloves. Soak the vials for at least two hours before placing them in the washing machine. '''NB! Do not use dishwasher detergent.''' # Stay near MAT253 at least during the first standard measurement to control the quality of the data. The computer is set to automatically print out results at the printer by the instrument PC. Written by Anna Tran 06.09.19 1cf7818873091ad922248897d421a7b1e5d971a4 0 4 386 87 2023-01-19T12:14:02Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: light yellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 72cc007c83e0b5d756b8578692608f4e99653632 387 386 2023-01-19T12:14:49Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] 73131d13fa1b5a888764dd3ef992485b2a33ceaf 388 387 2023-01-19T12:16:18Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] fd1e9dad36c0a1ac2ca974d10ab17dde91d766e1 389 388 2023-01-19T12:16:41Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes the analysis of carbonate samples for &delta;13C and &delta;18O at a Kiel IV carbonate device. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling with liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. </blockquote> '''Sample identification''' A sample list should first be made: total amount of samples, Sample ID (from user), type of material, Lab ID (project no) ect. The analyses project must be registered in the project database http://delta.geo.uib.no:8085 '''Weighing in standards/sample material''' Equipment: Spatula, tweezers, tray, brush, weighing boat, paper box for vials and clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the list/check if the microscale is available. # Clean the working bench and other weighing equipment with Kim Wips/brush. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Use a 253-run sequence sheet for plotting information needed (Sample ID, Project no, sample material ect. # Find CM12 and NBS18 in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''DO NOT PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Weigh in between 30 – 70 μg of the material. # Carefully lead the boat towards the microscale by using a tweezer. ## If the weight is too large: remove the boat from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray/weighing paper. You can reuse standard material if the trey/paper is clean. # Clean the top of the vials with your fingertip before you carefully lead the boat towards the bottom of the vial in a horizontal position. # Turn the vial and boat in a vertical position before pouring and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to ensure that all material are located in the vial. # Weight the empty boat again to double-check that it is no material left in the boat. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. <br \> Vial 1/1 and 1/2 (pump vials) must be clean and empty because these vials are not used for sample measurement. Placed the vial in the right position in the paper box. # Repeat procedure from step 7. # When changing to a new standard /sample use a brush and Kim Wips to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination of standard. # Place the standard back in the desiccator as soon as you are finish. # If you leave the weighing room over time, make sure to cover all vials with a paper sheet to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. # Once you are done, clean after yourself. '''Running samples on 253''' # Record date, filename, sample no, quantity of standards, ect in the logbook. # Open Isodat 3.0 (if not already open) # Click on double arrow symbol “>>” on the right-hand side of the taskbar to get an overview of the different Isodat modules/ programs (Fig. 1). # An accessories bar appears on the left-hand side of the window: click on the pop out bottom (Fig. 2) on the “Dual Inlet” panel to open the Dual inlet window. # Write down values/information in the blue logbook ## Dato, analyse nummer, antall prøver, antall std, filnavn ect. ## Vac and HV (visible in the MS panel on the left-hand side, figure 1) when the changeover valves are closed. ## Open changeover valves and perform a background scan to check the signal in the reference gas: ### Adjusting the bellow on the right-hand side in the Dual inlet window to approximate 10 and note the voltage at cup mass 44 (MS panel). [[File:MAT253 gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 1: Components of the accessories bar on the left-hand side. The Kiel IV carbonate window shows temperature and pressure (VM1 and VM2) in the device, marked with red circles. All Isodat 3.0 modules can be open on the “>>” sign by the red arrow. ]] # Take out the magazine of the Kiel Device ## Click on the pop out bottom on the '''Kiel IV carbonate''' panel to open the Kiel IV carbonate window. ## Right-click on the Kiel IV carbonate window and click on '''Take magazine''' (Figure. 1). ## Pop-up message: '''Line not free''' --> confirm by '''yes'''. ## Use thick gloves and be careful to not touch acid dropper capillary and counter spring when you take out the hot magazine/carousel from the oven. [[File:kielIV gui.jpg | center | frame | Figure 2: The pop out bottom for the Kiel IV carbonate window is by the black arrow. To add a new visible dialog, click on the administrate Panels on the right-click menu.]] fa33f2748cbc9fded7ca777faad440aba621c6eb 0 18 392 283 2023-01-19T12:25:35Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to weigh samples and run clumped isotopes measurements. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety Information''' Wear cryo-gloves, long sleeve shirts, protection glasses and closed shoes when handling liquid nitrogen in open dewars. Liquid nitrogen is extremely cold. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person: If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone gets liquid nitrogen it in their eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''In the event of spillage of Phosphoric acid''' Phosphoric acid: Phosphoric acid is a colorless and odorless mineral acid. Phosphoric acid can pose some potentially significant health hazards and should be handled with caution. Skin contact: Immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash with soap and plenty of water. Eye contact: Rinse gently with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses and continue the rinse before contacting the doctor. By inhalation: Remove person to fresh air. If the injured person does not breathe, give artificial respiration. Call 113. If swallowed: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. For more information visit EcoOnline </blockquote> '''Sample identification and measurement sequence''' A run list should first be made, using one of the worksheets in the weighing room (sheets labeled for mass spectrometer). Standards and samples in appropriate numbers and at appropriate positions should be filled in (some may already be listed). Project and project number for billing must be written when applicable. '''Weighing in standards/sample material (usually the day before starting a run)''' '''Equipment:''' * Spatula * tweezers * tray * brush * weighing boat * rack for sample vials, and * clean Kiel vials. # Write yourself on the calendar to book a balance in advance. Otherwise, check if the microscale is available. # Determine what mass range you need to use (dependent on run type). # Assemble necessary tools: picking tray, ‘mini-spoon’, brush, tweezers, weighing papers, weighing boat (small aluminium ones most appropriate), racks and appropriate vials. # Clean clumped isotope vials are found in the blue wire racks; NEVER use vials from somewhere else and never mix up clumped isotope vials with any others! # There must be two clean and empty vials at the beginning of the sample rack (pump vials used as place holders and for safety during a measurement run). # Clean the working bench and all weighing equipment with Kim Wipes/brush such that your working area is free from dust and the implements you will use to weigh are clean and free from contaminants. # Do not place vials, racks or other equipment on the anti-vibration table or on top of the microscale to prevent destabilizing the balance. # Be very gentle with the microbalances, they are very sensitive. Do not put undue pressure on the microbalance weighing tray. You '''WILL''' break it if you push on it. # Refer to your run sheet for standards and masses. # Find clumped isotope standards '''ISOA''', '''ISOB''', '''CHALK''' and '''RIEDEL''' in the standard desiccator. # Open the standard bottle only when you take out standard and close it immediately after use. '''NEVER PUT MATERIAL BACK INTO THE STANDARD BOTTLE AND NEVER POUR STANDARD OUT!''' # Place the appropriate mass of standard powder or sample onto your weighing boat or paper. # Carefully lead the boat/paper towards the microscale by using a tweezer. #* If the weight is too large: remove from the microscale and pick/pour the extra grains out on the tray or another weighing paper. You can, and should, reuse standard material in the next aliquot if the tray/paper is clean. # If desired, clean the vial before inserting the sample using clean air. # Turn the vial horizontally then insert the weighing boat/paper as far as possible towards the base of the vial. Turn vertical then pour and carefully knocking the boat towards the wall to transfer all material to the vial. # Weigh the empty boat/paper again to ensure complete transfer. # Tap the vial with a tweezer to make sure all sample material is located at the bottom of the vial. # Repeat procedure from step 10 for all samples/standards. # '''IMPORTANT!''' When changing to a new standard/sample use a brush and Kim Wipes to clean all apparatus thoroughly to avoid contamination. # Place the standards back in the desiccator as soon as you are finished. # If you leave the weighing room for a break, make sure to cover all vials to prevent dust and other impurities to fall into the vials. It is good practice to keep all vials covered as much as possible. # Once you are done, clean after yourself and put everything away. '''Starting a clumped isotope measurement run''' '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Heat Trap #* Open up Kiel valve 2 and 71 (hold ctrl) #* Close Kiel valve 72 (hold ctrl) #* Set Trap 2 to 140 oC # ('''YETI''') Bake Porapak at 150 oC for 1 hour #* On temperature controller, to the rear of the Kiel: Hold P long --> OPEr #* Press P again --> SP #* Press P again --> SP1 #* Press P again (current set point value will be shown) and use arrows to change temperature #* Once on correct temperature, press P again and wait until it stops blinking and displays the temperature it is measuring; set 1 hour timer after it has reached 150 °C # ('''NESSIE''') Bake Porapak at 120 °C for 1.5 hours (Nessie) #* On small temperature control window, press heat (to 120 °C) on software and set timer for 1.5 hrs # Remove small LN dewar to allow to defrost # Enter any data for standards from previous run into EASOTOPE. Check that the values are acceptable before starting a new run. If any issues apparent then contact person in charge of instrument. # Removing and re-loading carousel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Take magazine’ #* Wait for vials to be released and movement of magazine/pistons to stop; select ‘OK’ on pop-up window stating ‘Ready to take magazine’ #* Remove magazine from Kiel and place in holder on counter top #* Check all samples have been reacted, that acid levels are consistent throughout run and between lines, and that there is no acid discolouration (if these things are noted, let someone know) #* Place used vials in plastic beaker labelled ‘Climb’ #* Clean drop counters and acid needles using kimwipes, clean o-rings using finger tips (can ‘grease’ o-rings using finger or face oil if desired, but do not use any other oils or greases) #* Place new vials into magazine and reload into Kiel #* Right click on Kiel window and select ‘Load magazine’ # Post baking: commence cooling following the same steps. On '''Yeti''' cool to -40 °C and run can start once Porapak has reached -20 °C. Check that the Porapak does reach -40 °C during initial part of run, well before first sample is transferred through porapak. On '''Nessie''' cool to -20 °C and after 30 minutes the run can be started. '''In: Instrument Control''' # Background Peak Scans #* Open valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to allow gas to source #* Select Peak Shape in third drop down menu #* Open Options #** Pre delay = 10 s #** Start = 9.4 #** Stop = 9.6 #** Step = 0.0002 #* Adjust pressure on bellow until you reach 25 V on mass 44 (+/- 300 mV), wait for one minute after changing bellow position to ensure pressure has stabilised before starting scan #* Save scan (scan has finished when buttons become available on left hand side) #* Repeat steps d and e for 20 V (as close as possible, max +/- 200 mV), 15 V (+/- 250 mV), 10 V (+/- 250 mV), and 5 V (+/- 250 mV); wait minimum 30 seconds after moving bellow for all these intensities (pressure stabilizes faster when decreasing) #* Record the pressure in the below at 20 V on mass 44 in the log book #* Load background files into Easotope (in Screens -> Data Input, Scans tab; select correct mass spec and select ‘Add Scan’); click ‘Load previous background’, and show regression on 47. Record the pressure on 20 V on mass 47 in Maintenance log spreadsheet and log book # Close valve 33 (change over valve 2) and valve 25 to close off gas from source # Close Instrument Control '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Right click on mass 45, select ‘Jump to mass’, change to mass 18 #* Peak Center scan #* Record V on mass 18 in log book (may have to read off graph if intensity too low to complete Peak Center) # Return to correct mass/focus settings by reselecting CO2-clumped (YETI) or CO2 (NESSIE) on the drop down menu at the bottom of the Acquisition window #* If you wish to use the 1012 Ω resistor (m47) then select CO2-clumped-low (YETI) or CO2_low (NESSIE) # In the log book record the values for: #* FV #* Box #* Trap #* Vac (MS) '''In: Isodat Workspace''' # Load previous sequence (or the most recent run you know is similar to yours in terms of run type and sample sequence) # Click ‘Save As’ and change file name to next run number # Type up sequence, including changing run number in sequence # Check location of ref refills and adjust as necessary # Check that correct method has been selected (for example, Kiel LIDI) # Save '''In: Isodat Acquisition''' # Expand bellow to 100 and check it is properly calibrated (by looking at the physical position of the pin inside the track behind the reference gas bellow) # Replace LN dewar (remember to first empty water from the ‘new’ dewar and then transfer the excess LN from the used one). # Load Sequence, highlight rows you want to run and press Start #* Remember to update the run number (x3) ''NB: Runs should only be started after the Porapak has cooled sufficiently (-20 °C on Yeti and after 30 minutes of cooling on Nessie)'' '''In case of lack of gas to perform scans: how to refill bellow''' # Open change over valve 34 (close valve 33) and close valve 25 to close the bellow off from the source # Expand bellow to 100 # Open valves 23, 39, and 22 # After 3-4 s close valve 23 (valve 39 should close on its own after a set time) # Open valve 24 and wait until pressure in bellow at 100 = ~35-36 # Close valves 24 and 22 # Now safe to open bellow to source by opening change over valve 33 (closing valve 34) and opening valve 25. There should now be sufficient gas in the bellow for the background scans. '''Things to be careful of during run set up:''' # Watch where you click! Especially over the run sequence. You may reset refilling, the method, or other important attributes accidentally and not realize it, as there is no warning message. # Ensure that Kiel IV and the appropriate set up are selected at the bottom left of the Acquisition window before a run. # NEVER select “Pass to gas configuration” unless you really, really know what you’re doing! ''Written by Sevasti Modestou 18.11.2019'' 0434748fc8c7f366e7be92efb6760e05a86a251a 0 12 393 164 2023-01-19T12:28:28Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Make sure someone is ready to receive the lift at the other floor. Put the tank into the lift with the sign that no-one should enter the lift towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Someone must be at the stop floor at the same time as the lift. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 48f5538b8ab485d81ad71002275e046da71076fe 394 393 2023-01-19T12:40:18Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in DI-room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign in the elevator door opening and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 6da054014bdf45963dd6a7421f218854fc0363b1 395 394 2023-01-19T12:41:30Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in DI-room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room, as this is well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 6124837003a686639ba622f5ace24ad1ca95c628 396 395 2023-01-19T12:42:52Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in DI-room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is demanded to be two people, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or in the instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors '''Previous instructions''' The empty tank is at latest put in the basement in the morning of the day of the filling, along the wall across from the gas room. Usually ordered gas is filled before lunch. Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 83da8762d6f1fd6fd37c62e4315d988a72e57e53 397 396 2023-01-19T13:17:16Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. '''Filling tanks''' '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the FARLAB gas room). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 7cb9e61face94542e634b7ba57913569a3fec579 398 397 2023-01-19T13:27:18Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Ordering tanks''' Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 4b7895c3eaa6095d4052a08b88dadaf3cd0e0db5 399 398 2023-01-19T13:29:19Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 33d578bb47cc5258df49bcbfd3e3d51dfc5bccb0 400 399 2023-01-19T13:40:43Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. Safety valves defects: Leave the room and place "do not enter" sign on doors if the safety valves are continuously releasing pressure. The pressure in the tank should decrease within time if the release valve is working fine. The signs can be found in the safety cabinet. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 24edc523417d56c7fde43b5d332e59cddb8e55b4 0 12 401 400 2023-01-19T13:41:11Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Safety valves defects''' Leave the room and place "do not enter" sign on doors if the safety valves are continuously releasing pressure. The pressure in the tank should decrease within time if the release valve is working fine. The signs can be found in the safety cabinet. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 1c5d5913f454b0401553a349495bf29f784f4796 402 401 2023-01-19T13:41:41Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Safety valves defects''' Leave the room and place "do not enter" sign on doors if the safety valves are continuously releasing pressure. The pressure in the tank should decrease within time if the release valve is working fine. The signs can be found in the safety cabinet. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* Main valve to the LN2 container on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 92032218fc77d9a1ded932d2bc4db5982ef5fbb2 403 402 2023-01-19T14:09:23Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Safety valves defects''' Leave the room and place "do not enter" sign on doors if the safety valves are continuously releasing pressure. The pressure in the tank should decrease within time if the release valve is working fine. The signs can be found in the safety cabinet. '''In events of frozen/broken LN2 container valve (on the wall) for filling LN2 in the basement''' Close the "main valve" (labeled and marked with a green arrow) placed back on the LN2 container next to the back door. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* LN2 container valve on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 db2329a3d9d429d1b7c2b221bed9e0f588c53f3b 404 403 2023-01-19T14:09:44Z Atr094 3 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Introduction''' The following protocol describes how to safely transport and fill liquid nitrogen in 150- 250 L cryogenic containers on wheels. <blockquote style="background-color: lightyellow; border: solid thin grey;"> '''Safety info''' Protect hands with cryo gloves, long sleeve shirts, wear protection glasses and put on closed shoes (not boots where liquid can splash and trapped into) when filling liquid nitrogen from the basement. Liquid nitrogen is an extremely cold material, also in a gaseous state. The vapor of liquid nitrogen can rapidly freeze skin tissue and eye fluid, resulting in cold burns, frostbite, and permanent eye damage even by brief exposure. Cold objects may also stick to the skin and tear the flesh when you attempt to free yourself. Nitrogen gas is colorless, odorless and tasteless. It can therefore not be detected by the human senses and will be breathed as if it were air. Breathing an atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent oxygen can cause dizziness and quickly result in unconsciousness and death. '''In the event of spillage of liquid nitrogen on a person''' If exposed to liquid or cold gas, restore tissue to normal body temperature, 37°C, followed by protection of the injured tissue from further damage and infection. Remove or loosen clothing that may constrict blood circulation to the frozen area. Rapid warming of the affected part is best achieved by using water at 42°C. Water should under no circumstances be over 44°C, nor should the frozen part be rubbed either before or after rewarming. If a person seems to become dizzy or loses consciousness while working with liquid nitrogen, move the person to a well-ventilated area immediately. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If in doubt contact Legevakt (phone 116 117 or 113 for emergencies). If someone get liquid nitrogen it in the eyes, call 113, wash the eyes with appropriate equipment immediately. '''Safety valves defects''' Leave the room and place "do not enter" sign on doors if the safety valves are continuously releasing pressure. The pressure in the tank should decrease within time if the release valve is working fine. The signs can be found in the safety cabinet. '''In events of frozen/broken LN2 container valve (on the wall) for filling LN2 in the basement''' Close the "main valve" (labeled and marked with a green arrow) placed back on the LN2 container next to the back door. </blockquote> '''Transporting tanks''' To take the tank to the basement and back up to the 5^th floor: * Transport one tank at a time. * Place the tank into the lift with the "suffocation" chain sign blocking the elevator door opening (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ) and the "no-one should enter the lift" sign on the tanks towards the door, push the basement button and exit the lift. Make sure the sign is clearly visible from the door. The tank will leak over time, and there is a risk of suffocation if the lift get stuck and someone is inside with the tank. * Place the metal bridge over the door step so the tank can be taken in and out of the LN₂ container room in the basement smoothly. * When full tanks are sent in the elevator it is recommended to be two people as far as possible, so one can wait at the end floor when the elevator comes. This is to prevent the elevator to move to another floor before the tank is taken out. No one must take the elevator with cryo tanks. * As far as possible be two people when transporting a tank through a door opening that does not have a door opener. Alternative move the tank through a door by entering rooms backwards * Tanks that are not in use (full or not) are stored in the gas room or instrument room, as these rooms are well ventilated. Filling is mainly performed by a trained person in the LN₂ container room in the Realfagsbygget building basement. Use the metal bridge over the door step to prevent the tank from tipping. Remember to fill out your name, project no, signature, liter of liquid nitrogen used in the red ”geovitenskap” binder. Full tanks should be taken to the gas storage room or in an instrument room at the 5th floor as soon as possible after filling. '''Current instructions (for filling yourself):''' '''Equipment:''' Wrenches (size 19mm and 22mm), cryo gloves, ear protection, face shield, room key (hangs on the rack in the corridor on 5th floor ). # Attach the right-side ”trykk-fylling” tubing on the wall to the yellow valve on the cryo. It is important to choose right tubing since the tubing must be connected to a release valve. # Use both wrenches to slightly tighten the tubing. Make sure to straiting up the tubing before you fasten it. # Open the back door to improve the ventilation of the room. # Check the pressure of the big LN2 container to predict how long the filling will take. The Pressure display is located at the back of the container. Full tanks show about 40 bar and the pressure should show 30 PSI. # Open the red exit valve on the tank. # Open the yellow main valve on the tank. # Open LN2 container valve on the wall for filling and keep both exit and main valve on the tank open during filling. # Put on timer (20-45 min when the pressure is 40-20 bar) # Observe tubing for a few minutes after filling started to observe potentially leakage. # Once no leaks observed, you can leave the room with both of the doors open, place the chain at the door opening and leave behind your contact info in front of the door. # Filling takes about 20 minutes to 1 hour to fill 250 L depending on the pressure and how much liquid nitrogen there is in the container. # Make sure to be back before the tank gets overfilled. Overfilling will result in 02 sensor alarm will go off! # Once the tank level indicator shows 240/250 L close #* LN2 container valve on the wall #* Yellow main valve on the cryo-tank #* Red exit valve on the cryo-tank # Detach the tubing from the tank # Lock both doors Updated by Anna Tran 17.09.19 Edited by PTM 12.09.19 Edited by AT 19.01.23 833f849ed0e98b8cde53fe9cae5e8a834efc878e